[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI443047B - Bundle device - Google Patents

Bundle device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI443047B
TWI443047B TW98107989A TW98107989A TWI443047B TW I443047 B TWI443047 B TW I443047B TW 98107989 A TW98107989 A TW 98107989A TW 98107989 A TW98107989 A TW 98107989A TW I443047 B TWI443047 B TW I443047B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
label
guide
plate
brake
packing
Prior art date
Application number
TW98107989A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201000365A (en
Inventor
Yoshihiro Maniwa
Satoshi Taguchi
Original Assignee
Max Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Max Co Ltd filed Critical Max Co Ltd
Publication of TW201000365A publication Critical patent/TW201000365A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI443047B publication Critical patent/TWI443047B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Basic Packing Technique (AREA)
  • Auxiliary Devices For And Details Of Packaging Control (AREA)

Description

繞捆裝置Winding device

本發明係有關於一種繞捆裝置,其安裝於一打包機上,該打包機係將線狀的打包具捆繞於扭轉袋口的包裝體及將線材集束的集束體等的被安裝物上。詳細地說,其具備繞捆裝置,該繞捆裝置具有形成比第一導引板的外型還大的第二導引板。制動機構藉由形成比上述第一導引板大的外型的上述第二導引板的大外型部與上述第一制動機構協同動作而制動捆繞具,對由於打包具隨著打包動作的拉出而適當地對繞捆裝置產生連動旋轉做制動之同時,制動動作可抑制繞捆具的磨耗及變形。The present invention relates to a wrapping device which is mounted on a baler which bundles a linear wrapping device around a package body of a torsion bag opening and a mounted object such as a bundle body in which a wire bundle is bundled. . In detail, it is provided with a winding device having a second guiding plate which is larger than the outer shape of the first guiding plate. The brake mechanism brakes the bundle by acting in cooperation with the first brake mechanism by forming a large outer portion of the second guide plate having a larger outer shape than the first guide plate, and the package is slid by the packing device The pulling action appropriately pulls the interlocking device to perform the braking, and the braking action can suppress the wear and deformation of the wrapping device.

在習知技術中,由於封閉袋口或集束線材,使具可塑性的細鐵芯等被覆成帶狀,一般是使用稱為扭帶的打包具。此種打包具是捲繞於捲軸而捲繞設置。該捲軸為旋轉軸桿插入其芯而可旋轉地設置。捲軸捲繞於該捲軸的打包具被拉出既定長度,捲軸由該拉出而從動旋轉。In the prior art, a thin iron core or the like having a plasticity is covered in a strip shape by closing a bag opening or a bundled wire, and a packing device called a twisted belt is generally used. Such a package is wound around a reel and wound. The spool is rotatably disposed with the rotating shaft inserted into its core. The package in which the spool is wound around the spool is pulled out by a predetermined length, and the spool is driven to rotate by the pull-out.

有關於此種打包機,在專利文獻1上揭露藉由綁縛(打包具)而打包標籤的打包機。該打包機具有打包具有打包具捲繞的供給捲筒。該供給捲筒為軸桿插入該旋轉軸而設置。捲繞於該供給捲筒的打包具拉出而供給捲筒邊旋轉邊供給。Regarding such a baler, Patent Document 1 discloses a baler that packs a label by binding (packaging). The baler has a supply reel that is packaged with a wrapper. The supply reel is provided for the shaft to be inserted into the rotating shaft. The wrapping device wound around the supply reel is pulled out and supplied to the reel while rotating.

[專利文獻1]特公昭44-18480號公報(第15圖)[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 44-18480 (Fig. 15)

因此,根據習知例的專利文獻1的供給捲筒,捲繞於供給捲筒的打包具拉出而使供給捲筒從動地旋轉。因此,在該打包機的拉出結束之後,該供給捲筒由於慣性而稍微旋轉。當該供給捲筒由於慣性而稍微旋轉時,會有打包具的拉出線鬆弛的問題。由於該鬆弛使打包具有歪斜的現象而導致打包不良。Therefore, according to the supply reel of Patent Document 1 of the conventional example, the wrapping device wound around the supply reel is pulled out and the supply reel is driven to rotate. Therefore, after the pull-out of the baler is completed, the supply reel slightly rotates due to inertia. When the supply reel rotates slightly due to inertia, there is a problem that the pull-out line of the packing device is slack. The packing is poor due to the slack caused by the slack.

又,也有打包機,其具備使制動板滑接於打包具所捲繞的捲軸的單邊的導引板的外周部而進行制動的制動機構。因此,在捲軸的單邊的導引板的外周部,由於接觸面積變少,會造成捲軸的磨耗而產生磨耗粉或捲軸的變形。因此,捲軸的材質多為塑膠,從廢棄處理的觀點而言會有問題。又,捲軸兩邊的導引板大多分別形成相同的形狀。因此,捲軸設置於打包機之同時,必須確認打包具的拉出位置(上側或下側)。Further, there is also a baler that includes a brake mechanism that brakes a brake plate to be slidably attached to an outer peripheral portion of a single guide plate of a spool wound by a package. Therefore, in the outer peripheral portion of the guide plate on one side of the reel, since the contact area is reduced, abrasion of the reel causes deformation of the abrasion powder or the reel. Therefore, the material of the reel is mostly plastic, which is problematic from the viewpoint of disposal. Moreover, the guide plates on both sides of the reel are mostly formed in the same shape. Therefore, while the reel is set at the baler, the pull-out position (upper or lower side) of the package must be confirmed.

於此,為解決上述問題,本發明提供一種繞捆裝置,在提升繞捲裝置的制動力之同時,可抑制由於制動動作所造成的繞捲具的變形。Accordingly, in order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a winding device capable of suppressing deformation of a winding device caused by a braking action while lifting a braking force of the winding device.

為了解決上述問題,本發明的繞捆裝置,被繞捆的打包具被拉出而旋轉的動作由第一制動機構做制動,以形成既定長度的打包具安裝於綑綁帶口的打包機上,包括:芯構件;設於上述芯構件的一端的第一導引板;以及設於上述芯構件的另一端而外型比上述第一導引板大的第二導引板,其中形成比上述第一導引板大的外型的上述第二導引板的大外型部與上述第一制動機構協同動作而對上述旋轉動作做制動。In order to solve the above problem, in the winding device of the present invention, the wrapped package is pulled out and the rotating action is braked by the first brake mechanism to form a package having a predetermined length and is mounted on the binding machine of the binding band. The method includes: a core member; a first guiding plate disposed at one end of the core member; and a second guiding plate disposed at the other end of the core member and having a larger outer shape than the first guiding plate, wherein the forming is The large outer portion of the second guide plate having a large outer shape of the first guide plate cooperates with the first brake mechanism to brake the rotation operation.

根據本發明的繞捆裝置,第一導引板設於芯構件的一端。第二導引板設於上述芯構件的另一端而外型比上述第一導引板大。形成比上述第一導引板大的外型的上述第二導引板的大外型部與上述第一制動機構協同動作而對繞捆裝置的旋轉動作做制動。在此例中,由於第一導引板與第二導引板的外型形狀不同,朝捆繞裝置的打包機的設置方向明確。According to the winding device of the present invention, the first guiding plate is provided at one end of the core member. The second guiding plate is disposed at the other end of the core member and has a larger outer shape than the first guiding plate. The large outer portion of the second guide plate that is formed to be larger than the first guide plate cooperates with the first brake mechanism to brake the rotation of the winding device. In this case, since the outer shape of the first guiding plate and the second guiding plate are different, the setting direction of the baler toward the winding device is clear.

根據本發明的繞捆裝置,形成比上述第一導引板大的外型的上述第二導引板的大外型部與制動機構協同動作而對繞捆裝置拉出所產生的旋轉動作做制動。According to the winding device of the present invention, the large outer portion of the second guide plate having a larger outer shape than the first guide plate cooperates with the brake mechanism to perform the rotation operation of the winding device brake.

藉由此構造,由於第一導引板與第二導引板的外型形狀不同,朝捆繞裝置的打包機的設置方向明確。又,繞捆裝置滑接於導引板而可增加產生制動動作的面積。但是,可抑制繞捆裝置的磨耗及偏磨耗之同時,可抑制磨耗粉的產生或繞捆裝置的變形。因此,可使用與樹脂相比對環境優良的紙素材形成繞捆裝置。With this configuration, since the outer shape of the first guiding plate and the second guiding plate are different, the setting direction of the baler toward the winding device is clear. Further, the winding device is slidably attached to the guide plate to increase the area in which the braking operation is generated. However, it is possible to suppress the abrasion of the winding device and the partial wear, and it is possible to suppress the generation of the abrasion powder or the deformation of the winding device. Therefore, it is possible to form a wrapping device using paper materials excellent in environment compared to resins.

以下,參照圖面對本發明的各實施例的打包機做說明。Hereinafter, a description will be given of a baler according to various embodiments of the present invention with reference to the drawings.

[實施例1][Example 1]

第1圖為本發明的第一實施例的打包機100的構造的立體圖。第1圖所示的打包機100為利用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔使扭帶狀的打包具13通過之同時,將打包具13捆繞於袋口已扭轉的袋14(參照第5圖)的折口兒安裝標籤的裝置。袋14為構成被安裝物的一例。除了扭帶以外,紐線、金屬絲也適用於打包具13。Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a baler 100 of a first embodiment of the present invention. The baler 100 shown in Fig. 1 is a bag 14 which is twisted by a twisted belt by two engaging holes provided in the label 1A, and the bag 13 is wrapped around the bag 14 which has been twisted by the bag mouth (refer to 5) The device for attaching the label to the fold. The bag 14 is an example of a thing to be attached. In addition to the twisted belt, the wire and wire are also suitable for the packing device 13.

打包機100包括構成本體部的本體底盤部92以及支持本體底盤部92的支持部91。支持部91由「H」形的支持台91b及垂直安裝於該支持台91b的支柱91a所構成。本體底盤部92與支持台91b平行地安裝於支柱91a的前端。本體底盤部92係由複數個板金組合而形成。在本體底盤部92上具備標籤支持機構2A、標籤夾持機構3A、標籤搬運機構4A,打包具搬運機構5A、打包具成形機構6、打包具締結機構7A、導引板機構8A、標籤夾持驅動機構9A以及捲軸52。而且打包具搬運機構5A、打包具成形機構6A、打包具締結機構7A以及控制部110為構成打包裝置的一例。又,打包具搬運機構5A及控制部110為拉出裝置的一例。又,打包具搬運機構5A及控制部110為拉出裝置的一例。又,捲軸52為繞捆裝置的一例。The baler 100 includes a body chassis portion 92 constituting a body portion and a support portion 91 that supports the body chassis portion 92. The support portion 91 is composed of an "H"-shaped support base 91b and a support 91a vertically attached to the support base 91b. The body chassis portion 92 is attached to the front end of the pillar 91a in parallel with the support table 91b. The body chassis portion 92 is formed by a combination of a plurality of sheet metal. The main body chassis portion 92 is provided with a label supporting mechanism 2A, a label holding mechanism 3A, a label transporting mechanism 4A, a packing material transporting mechanism 5A, a packing material forming mechanism 6, a packing implement mechanism 7A, a guide plate mechanism 8A, and a label holding. Drive mechanism 9A and reel 52. Further, the packing device conveying mechanism 5A, the packing device forming mechanism 6A, the packing device contracting mechanism 7A, and the control portion 110 are examples of the packaging device. Moreover, the packing conveyance mechanism 5A and the control part 110 are an example of a pull-out apparatus. Moreover, the packing conveyance mechanism 5A and the control part 110 are an example of a pull-out apparatus. Further, the spool 52 is an example of a winding device.

標籤支持機構2A為設於標籤夾持機構3A及標籤搬運機構4A,在標籤搬運時,用於保持標籤。標籤搬運機構4A係做為標籤搬運裝置的一例,例如將標籤1A從卡匣40搬運至標籤夾持機構3A。標籤搬運機構4A係設置於本體底盤部92的前方(第6圖的紙面的左側)的下側。在該標籤搬運機構4A上具有收納複數枚標籤1A的卡匣40。在此例中,標籤搬運機構4A在每次結束處理時,將所收納的標籤1A一枚一枚地搬運至標籤夾持機構3A。The label support mechanism 2A is provided in the label holding mechanism 3A and the label transport mechanism 4A, and is used to hold the label during label transport. The label transport mechanism 4A is an example of a label transport device, and for example, the label 1A is transported from the cassette 40 to the label holding mechanism 3A. The label transport mechanism 4A is provided on the lower side of the front surface of the main body chassis portion 92 (the left side of the paper surface in Fig. 6). The label transport mechanism 4A has a cassette 40 that accommodates a plurality of labels 1A. In this example, the label transport mechanism 4A transports the stored labels 1A one by one to the label holding mechanism 3A every time the processing is completed.

標籤夾持機構3A經由本體底盤部92與搬運機構4A相向地設置於本體底盤部92的前方上側。標籤夾持機構3A保持由標籤搬運機構4A所搬運的標籤1A而朝打包具成形機構6A移動。標籤夾持機構3A移動後,搬運捆繞於捲軸52上的打包具13。The label holding mechanism 3A is provided on the front upper side of the body chassis portion 92 so as to face the transport mechanism 4A via the body chassis portion 92. The label holding mechanism 3A holds the label 1A conveyed by the label transport mechanism 4A and moves toward the package forming mechanism 6A. After the label holding mechanism 3A is moved, the packing 13 wound around the spool 52 is carried.

捲軸52包括芯構件的一例的芯(52a)(參照第10A圖)、設於芯52a的一端的小直徑的圓盤內板52c、以及設於芯52a的另一端的大直徑的圓盤外徑52b。小直徑的圓盤內板52c為第一導引板的一例。大直徑的圓盤外板52b為第二導引板的一例,而形成比小直徑的圓盤內板52c還大的外型。打包具13繞捆於芯52a上而保持。該捲軸52的芯52a與圓盤內板52c與圓盤外板52b係由段卡紙等的紙材料形成。捲軸52可旋轉地設置於捲軸設置機構90A。在此例中,捲軸設置機構90A為設置機構的一例,捲軸52的旋轉軸為大略水平,而設置該捲軸52。該捲軸設置機構90A具有支持桿90a、推壓槓桿90b、側面板90c以及旋轉軸90d。支持桿90a及旋轉軸90d為固定於側面板90c。推壓槓桿90b為推壓構件的一例,其後端開口部90f係可旋轉地安裝於轉軸90d上。又,推壓槓桿90b,其前端的U字形前端部90g嵌合固定於支持桿90a的前端。The spool 52 includes a core (52a) of an example of a core member (see FIG. 10A), a small-diameter disk inner plate 52c provided at one end of the core 52a, and a large-diameter disk provided at the other end of the core 52a. Trail 52b. The small-diameter disc inner plate 52c is an example of the first guide plate. The large-diameter disk outer plate 52b is an example of the second guide plate, and is formed to have a larger outer shape than the small-diameter disk inner plate 52c. The packing 13 is held around the core 52a and held. The core 52a of the spool 52, the disc inner panel 52c and the disc outer panel 52b are formed of a paper material such as a segment jam. The spool 52 is rotatably provided to the spool setting mechanism 90A. In this example, the reel setting mechanism 90A is an example of a setting mechanism, and the reel 52 has a rotation axis which is substantially horizontal, and the reel 52 is provided. The reel setting mechanism 90A has a support lever 90a, a pressing lever 90b, a side panel 90c, and a rotating shaft 90d. The support rod 90a and the rotating shaft 90d are fixed to the side panel 90c. The pressing lever 90b is an example of a pressing member, and the rear end opening portion 90f is rotatably attached to the rotating shaft 90d. Further, the pressing lever 90b has a U-shaped distal end portion 90g at the distal end thereof fitted and fixed to the distal end of the support rod 90a.

該推壓槓桿90b旋轉至略呈水平的狀態下,捲軸52中,支持桿90a從其小直徑的圓盤內板52c側插入芯52a。之後,略呈水平狀態的推壓槓桿90b,如第1圖所示,旋轉至垂直狀態,其U字形前端部90g嵌合於支持桿90a的前端而固定。如此,捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90A。而且,捲軸設置機構90A中,其側面板90c經由未圖示的臂安裝於本體底盤部92中。The push lever 90b is rotated to a slightly horizontal state, and in the spool 52, the support rod 90a is inserted into the core 52a from the side of the small-diameter disc inner plate 52c. Thereafter, the pressing lever 90b in a slightly horizontal state is rotated to the vertical state as shown in Fig. 1, and the U-shaped distal end portion 90g is fitted to the distal end of the support rod 90a to be fixed. Thus, the reel 52 is provided to the reel setting mechanism 90A. Further, in the spool setting mechanism 90A, the side panel 90c is attached to the body chassis portion 92 via an arm (not shown).

又,在捲軸設置機構90A的側面板90c上安裝有制動機構89A。該制動機構89A為第一制動機構的一例,打包具13拉出而對旋轉的捲軸52做制動。該制動機構89A由螺線管89a及推壓槓桿90b所構成。該螺線管89a為第一伸縮動作構件的一例,為上升型的螺線管。螺線管89a係配置於捲軸52的小直徑的圓盤內板52c的上方。在螺線管89a的可動鐵芯(柱塞)89c的前端設有制動墊90h(參照第12B圖)。捲軸52的大直徑的圓盤外徑52b位於該制動墊90h與推壓槓桿90b之間。即,捲軸52的直徑的圓盤外板52b由螺線管89a的制動墊90h與推壓槓桿90b夾持。Further, a brake mechanism 89A is attached to the side panel 90c of the reel setting mechanism 90A. The brake mechanism 89A is an example of the first brake mechanism, and the packing tool 13 is pulled out to brake the rotating reel 52. The brake mechanism 89A is composed of a solenoid 89a and a pressing lever 90b. The solenoid 89a is an example of a first telescopic operation member and is a rising type solenoid. The solenoid 89a is disposed above the small-diameter disc inner plate 52c of the spool 52. A brake pad 90h is provided at the tip end of the movable iron core (plunger) 89c of the solenoid 89a (see Fig. 12B). The large diameter disc outer diameter 52b of the spool 52 is located between the brake pad 90h and the pressing lever 90b. That is, the disk outer plate 52b having the diameter of the spool 52 is sandwiched by the brake pad 90h of the solenoid 89a and the pressing lever 90b.

藉由控制部110(參照第49圖)在既定的時序中,控制通電或遮斷該通電而進行伸縮動作,藉由與推壓槓桿90b協同動作的螺線管89a夾持圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e。該螺線管89a在通電時,可動鐵芯89c收縮而動作。例如,藉由可動鐵芯89c由電流流入未圖示的線圈時所產生的磁束而在未圖示的固定鐵芯之間作用的吸引力,而朝該固定鐵芯移動。若繼續朝線圈通電,則可動鐵芯89c保持吸附於固定鐵芯的狀態。若遮斷通電,則偏壓可動鐵芯89c的壓縮彈簧89b(參照第12B圖)的彈簣力推壓至原來的位置而伸長。The control unit 110 (see FIG. 49) controls the energization or the interruption of the energization to perform the expansion and contraction operation at a predetermined timing, and the disc outer plate 52b is sandwiched by the solenoid 89a that cooperates with the pressing lever 90b. Large outer portion 52e. When the solenoid 89a is energized, the movable iron core 89c contracts and operates. For example, the movable iron core 89c moves toward the fixed iron core by a magnetic force generated when a current flows into a coil (not shown) and acts on a fixed iron core (not shown). When the coil is continuously energized, the movable iron core 89c is kept in a state of being adsorbed to the fixed iron core. When the energization is interrupted, the spring force of the compression spring 89b (refer to FIG. 12B) of the biasing movable iron core 89c is pushed to the original position and is elongated.

例如,在拉出打包具13之際,螺線管89a通電使該可動鐵芯89c收縮而動作。藉此,捲軸52的制動狀態被解除。又,打包具13的拉出結束時,螺線管89a的通電被遮斷,而可動鐵芯89c伸長。藉此,可動鐵芯89c的制動墊90h在抵接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e之同時,該圓盤外板52b藉由與推壓槓桿90b協同動作而夾入,對該捲軸52做制動。藉此,在捲軸52的打包具13拉出後,該捲軸52由於慣性而不旋轉(連動旋轉)可防止該打包具13鬆弛。但是,由於制動墊90h抵接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的平面部,相較於如習知技術般的利用捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外周部(邊緣)而使制動力作用的機構,可抑制由捲軸52的磨耗所產生的磨耗粉。又,與利用習知技術的外周部的制動機構相比,可抑制捲軸52的變形。For example, when the packing tool 13 is pulled out, the solenoid 89a is energized to cause the movable iron core 89c to contract and operate. Thereby, the braking state of the reel 52 is released. When the drawing of the packing tool 13 is completed, the energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked, and the movable iron core 89c is extended. Thereby, the brake pad 90h of the movable iron core 89c abuts against the large outer portion 52e of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52, and the disk outer plate 52b is sandwiched by the pressing lever 90b. The brake 52 is braked. Thereby, after the packing 13 of the reel 52 is pulled out, the reel 52 does not rotate (rotate rotation) due to inertia, and the packing 13 can be prevented from slack. However, since the brake pad 90h abuts against the flat portion of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52, the braking force acts as compared with the outer peripheral portion (edge) of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 as in the prior art. The mechanism can suppress the abrasion powder generated by the abrasion of the reel 52. Moreover, the deformation of the spool 52 can be suppressed as compared with the brake mechanism of the outer peripheral portion of the prior art.

打包具搬運機構5A係安裝於捲軸52的附近,將捲繞而保持於捲軸52的打包具13拉出,朝打包具成形機構6A移動後的標籤夾持機構3A搬運打包具13而動作。搬運的打包具13穿過由標籤夾持機構3A所夾持的標籤1A。The packing conveyance mechanism 5A is attached to the vicinity of the reel 52, and the packaging tool 13 that is wound and held on the reel 52 is pulled out, and the label holding mechanism 3A that has moved the packaging tool forming mechanism 6A conveys the packaging tool 13 and operates. The carried package 13 passes through the label 1A held by the label holding mechanism 3A.

打包具形成機構6A設置於與標籤夾持機構3A配合的位置上,切斷已穿過標籤1A的打包具13,使該切斷而與捲軸52側的打包具13切離的打包具13’的後端部與前端部靠近而供給至打包具締結機構7A。打包具締結機構7A係設置於打包具成形機構6A的附近,由該打包具成形機構6A使靠近的切斷後的打包具13’的後端部與前端部扭轉而連結。The packing device forming mechanism 6A is disposed at a position to be engaged with the label holding mechanism 3A, and cuts the packing 13 that has passed through the label 1A so that the cutting piece 13' is cut away from the packing 13 on the side of the reel 52. The rear end portion is supplied to the packing implement contracting mechanism 7A in proximity to the front end portion. The package attachment mechanism 7A is provided in the vicinity of the package forming mechanism 6A, and the package forming mechanism 6A twists and couples the rear end portion and the front end portion of the immediately adjacent packaged package 13'.

導板機構8A係安裝於中間底盤部92a,使標籤1A及袋14導引至安裝空間部92b(參照第38圖)。標籤夾持驅動機構9A在標籤搬運或打包具成形時,供給驅動力至標籤夾持機構3A及打包具成形機構6A。如此,打包具100形成使打包具13通過標籤1A之同時,將該切斷後的打包具13’繞捆於折口被扭轉的袋14上而將標籤1A安裝於袋14。The guide mechanism 8A is attached to the intermediate chassis portion 92a, and guides the tag 1A and the bag 14 to the mounting space portion 92b (see Fig. 38). The label holding drive mechanism 9A supplies a driving force to the label holding mechanism 3A and the package forming mechanism 6A at the time of label conveyance or packaging. In this manner, the package 100 is formed such that the package 13 is passed through the label 1A, and the cut package 13' is wound around the bag 14 to which the fold is twisted to attach the label 1A to the bag 14.

第2A圖及第2B圖為在打包機100所使用的標籤1A的構造例的說明圖。第2A圖為標籤1A的正視圖。2A and 2B are explanatory views of a configuration example of the tag 1A used in the baler 100. Figure 2A is a front view of the label 1A.

第2A圖所示的標籤1A是將資訊提示部10A、安裝部11A與連結部12A以紙及塑膠等的薄板材一體地形成。連結部12A為第2A圖所表示的二條虛線所圍成的區域。該區域係由安裝部11A與連結部12A的邊界線以及連結部12A與資訊提示部10A的邊界線所劃定。在資訊提示部10A,各種資訊係以印刷等表示。又,印刷有各種資訊的密封構件被貼附。而且,也可記載如點字等的刻打的資訊。The label 1A shown in FIG. 2A is formed by integrally forming the information presentation unit 10A, the attachment portion 11A, and the connection portion 12A with a thin plate material such as paper or plastic. The connecting portion 12A is a region surrounded by two broken lines shown in FIG. 2A. This area is defined by the boundary line between the attachment portion 11A and the connection portion 12A and the boundary line between the connection portion 12A and the information presentation portion 10A. In the information presentation unit 10A, various information is indicated by printing or the like. Further, a sealing member printed with various kinds of information is attached. Further, it is also possible to record information such as a braille.

在安裝部11A上的兩個位置具備卡合孔11m,切斷後的打包具13’卡合於卡合孔11m。卡合孔11m以第2圖所示的標籤1A的長度方向為縱方向時,在標籤1A的橫方向分開既定間隔而形成二個貫穿孔。在連結部12A上,將資訊提示部10A的兩側邊的一部份切出既定的形狀而形成凹部12m,以比資訊提示部10A窄的寬度連結安裝部11A與資訊提示部10A。凹部12m係於資訊提示部10A的兩側邊的一部形成四角形的槽部而形成。而且,在第2B圖表示標籤1A的立體圖。Engagement holes 11m are provided at two positions on the attachment portion 11A, and the cut package 13' is engaged with the engagement holes 11m. When the longitudinal direction of the label 1A shown in FIG. 2 is the longitudinal direction, the engagement hole 11m forms two through holes at a predetermined interval in the lateral direction of the label 1A. In the connecting portion 12A, a part of both sides of the information presenting portion 10A is cut out to have a predetermined shape to form a concave portion 12m, and the mounting portion 11A and the information presenting portion 10A are connected to each other with a narrower width than the information presenting portion 10A. The recessed portion 12m is formed by forming a square-shaped groove portion on one of both sides of the information presentation portion 10A. Further, a perspective view of the tag 1A is shown in Fig. 2B.

第3圖為打包具13的構造例的立體圖。第3圖所示的打包具13稱為扭帶(twist tie)等,以具有可塑性的金屬或樹脂等的芯線的細線13a以樹脂或紙等的被覆材13b覆蓋而形成。打包具13為寬度小的帶狀,穿過標籤1A的卡合孔11m而締結於袋14上。Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing a structural example of the packing device 13. The packing device 13 shown in Fig. 3 is called a twist tie or the like, and is formed by covering a thin wire 13a of a core such as a plastic metal or resin with a covering material 13b such as resin or paper. The packing device 13 is in the form of a strip having a small width and is passed through the engaging hole 11m of the label 1A to be joined to the bag 14.

接著,參照第1圖及第4圖而針對打包機100的功能例做說明。第4A~4D圖為表示打包機100的功能例的工程圖。Next, a function example of the baler 100 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 4 . 4A to 4D are drawings showing a function example of the baler 100.

第4圖為標籤1A朝袋14的折口移動的一例的立體圖。在此例中,由第1圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A將標籤1A搬運至標籤夾持機構3A,藉由該標籤夾持機構3A而保持標籤1A而朝向打包具成形機構6A移動。Fig. 4 is a perspective view showing an example of movement of the label 1A toward the fold of the bag 14. In this example, the label transport mechanism 4A shown in FIG. 1 transports the label 1A to the label holding mechanism 3A, and the label holding mechanism 3A holds the label 1A and moves toward the package forming mechanism 6A.

第4B圖為打包具13朝標籤1A插入的一例的立體圖。在該例中,第1圖所示的打包具搬運機構5A將乳繞於捲軸52的打包具13拉出約80mm,該打包具13的前端穿過標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m而動作。Fig. 4B is a perspective view showing an example in which the packing tool 13 is inserted into the label 1A. In this example, the packing device conveying mechanism 5A shown in Fig. 1 pulls the packing 13 around the reel 52 about 80 mm, and the leading end of the packing 13 passes through the two engaging holes 11m of the label 1A. .

第4C圖為穿過標籤1A的打包具13的扭轉前的構造的一例的立體圖。在此例中,打包具13’的全長例如設定為大約80mm。通過第4C圖所示的標籤1A的打包具13從前端在大約80mm的部分切斷,使切斷後的打包具13’的後端部與前端部靠近而成形。例如,打包具13的前端穿過一邊的卡合孔11m之後,配合標籤夾持機構3A的形狀而使打包具13的行進方向做U形迴轉而使該打包具13的前端穿過另一邊的卡合孔11m。插入後,第1圖所示的打包具成形機構6A在打包具13的既定位置切斷。切斷後,打包具成形機構6A使打包具13’的兩端靠近袋14之同時,切斷後的打包具13’的形狀限制成U字形。而且,在打包具13’的打包處理後,使用在前端部具有S字部70a的第4C圖所示的扭轉臂70。Fig. 4C is a perspective view showing an example of a structure before twisting of the packing 13 passing through the label 1A. In this example, the full length of the packing 13' is set, for example, to about 80 mm. The packing 13 of the label 1A shown in Fig. 4C is cut from the front end at a portion of about 80 mm, and the rear end portion of the cut package 13' is formed close to the front end portion. For example, after the front end of the packing device 13 passes through the engaging hole 11m of one side, the traveling direction of the packing member 13 is U-turned in accordance with the shape of the label holding mechanism 3A, and the front end of the packing member 13 passes through the other side. The engagement hole is 11m. After the insertion, the package forming mechanism 6A shown in Fig. 1 is cut at a predetermined position of the package 13. After the cutting, the package forming mechanism 6A causes the both ends of the package 13' to be close to the bag 14, and the shape of the cut package 13' is restricted to a U shape. Further, after the packing process of the packing 13', the torsion arm 70 shown in Fig. 4C having the S-shaped portion 70a at the tip end portion is used.

第4D圖為第1圖所示的打包具成形機構6A所形成的締結的一例的立體圖。根據第4D圖所示的締結例,限制成U字形的切斷後的打包具13’的後端部與前端部由打包締結機構7A扭轉而結合。在此例中,第4C圖所示的扭轉臂70的S字部70a用於保持被限制成U字形的打包具13’的兩端部,使該扭轉臂70旋轉既定的旋轉數。藉此,打包具13’扭轉而締結之同時,標籤1A由打包具13’固定於折口。如此,在袋14的折口自動地打包之同時,可固定標籤1A。Fig. 4D is a perspective view showing an example of the formation of the package forming mechanism 6A shown in Fig. 1. According to the connection example shown in Fig. 4D, the rear end portion and the front end portion of the packaged article 13' which has been cut into a U shape are twisted and joined by the packing and contracting mechanism 7A. In this example, the S-shaped portion 70a of the torsion arm 70 shown in Fig. 4C is for holding both end portions of the packing member 13' restricted to the U shape, and the torsion arm 70 is rotated by a predetermined number of rotations. Thereby, the packing member 13' is twisted and joined, and the label 1A is fixed to the folding opening by the packing 13'. Thus, the label 1A can be fixed while the flap of the bag 14 is automatically packaged.

第5圖為標籤1A的安裝例的立體圖。在第5圖所示的袋14,打包具13’締結之同時,標籤1A由打包具13’安裝著。標籤1A中,由於打包具13’穿過二個位置的卡合孔11m,藉由該打包具13’而打包袋14的袋口,因此資訊提示部10A的方向為沿著袋14成為縱向,而非橫向。Fig. 5 is a perspective view showing an example of mounting of the label 1A. At the bag 14 shown in Fig. 5, the package 13' is joined, and the label 1A is attached by the packing 13'. In the label 1A, since the packing 13' passes through the engaging holes 11m at the two positions, the bag opening of the bag 14 is packed by the packing 13', so that the direction of the information presenting portion 10A is longitudinal along the bag 14. Not horizontal.

又,標籤1A由於袋14扭轉而形成棒狀的袋口捆繞有打包具13’,安裝部11A仿照袋14扭轉的形狀而彎曲。因此,安裝部11A與資訊提示部10A之間,在資訊提示部10A的兩側邊形成凹部12m,由於以具有比資訊提示部10A還窄的寬度的連結部12A連結,資訊提示部10A不仿照安裝部11A的彎曲形狀,資訊提示部10A難以做大彎曲。藉此,明確地辨識記載於標籤1A的資訊提示部10A的資訊。然後,由於資訊提示部10A不彎曲而沿著袋14的縱向,標籤1A安裝於袋14的姿態的外觀是良好的。Further, in the label 1A, the bag 14 is twisted to form a rod-shaped pocket, and the package 13' is wound around the package, and the attachment portion 11A is bent in a shape twisted by the bag 14. Therefore, between the mounting portion 11A and the information presentation portion 10A, the concave portion 12m is formed on both sides of the information presentation portion 10A, and the information presentation portion 10A does not imitate the connection portion 12A having a narrower width than the information presentation portion 10A. The curved shape of the mounting portion 11A makes it difficult for the information presentation portion 10A to be greatly bent. Thereby, the information of the information presentation unit 10A described in the tag 1A is clearly identified. Then, since the information presentation portion 10A is not bent and along the longitudinal direction of the bag 14, the appearance of the posture in which the label 1A is attached to the bag 14 is good.

接著,參照第6~9圖,對打包機100的主要部分的構造例及其動作例做說明。第6圖為打包機100的構造例(打包前)及其動作例的上視圖。第6圖所示的打包機100為第1圖所示的打包機100從上面觀看的圖。該打包機100為待機狀態。在打包機100的待機狀態下,標籤搬運機構4A係將標籤1A一片片搬運至標籤夾持機構3A。Next, a configuration example of a main part of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 9. Fig. 6 is a top view showing a configuration example (before packing) of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof. The baler 100 shown in Fig. 6 is a view of the baler 100 shown in Fig. 1 as viewed from above. The baler 100 is in a standby state. In the standby state of the baler 100, the label transport mechanism 4A transports the label 1A in one piece to the label holding mechanism 3A.

標籤夾持機構3A具有捲曲導件30,對於構成本體部的中間底盤92a,可滑動地安裝著,藉由該捲曲導件30的直線運動將標籤1A設置於打包具成形機構6A等,在鄰接的打包具締結機構7A中以扭帶的切斷後的打包具13’打包袋14。捲曲導件30在第6圖所示的原始位置(home position)HP的位置待機。在第6圖中,捲曲導件30的原始位置HP為標籤搬運機構4A的導板42a(參照第27A圖)關閉的狀態,該捲曲導件30從導板95分離而朝最左側移動的狀態。即,捲曲導件30的前端部在關閉狀態的導板42a的上部延長線上待機的位置。The label holding mechanism 3A has a curling guide 30 slidably mounted to the intermediate chassis 92a constituting the body portion, and the label 1A is placed on the package forming mechanism 6A or the like by the linear motion of the curling guide 30, adjacent thereto. The packaged packaging mechanism 7A is a packaged bag 13' of the cut-off bag 14 with a twisted band. The curl guide 30 stands by at the position of the home position HP shown in Fig. 6. In Fig. 6, the original position HP of the curl guide 30 is a state in which the guide 42a (refer to Fig. 27A) of the label transport mechanism 4A is closed, and the curl guide 30 is separated from the guide 95 and moved to the leftmost side. . That is, the front end portion of the curl guide 30 is in a position to stand by on the upper extension line of the guide 42a in the closed state.

在此例中,具備標籤夾持驅動機構9A,為了使捲曲導件30朝箭號Q1的方向移動,作動板32包括接近馬達93、導螺軸94以及力矩限制件33(參照第37圖)。In this example, the label holding drive mechanism 9A is provided, and in order to move the curl guide 30 in the direction of the arrow Q1, the actuation plate 32 includes the proximity motor 93, the guide shaft 94, and the torque limiter 33 (refer to Fig. 37). .

在此例中,齒輪93a結合於接近馬達93的輸出軸,而且齒輪94a嚙合於齒輪93a。齒輪94a結合於導螺軸94上。作動板32可滑動地螺合於該倒螺軸94。作動板32的滑動動作經由力矩限制件33而傳遞至捲曲導件30。捲曲導件30接受作動板32的動作,相對於相向的打包具成經夠6A於接近及分離的方向上移動。In this example, the gear 93a is coupled to the output shaft of the motor 93, and the gear 94a is meshed with the gear 93a. The gear 94a is coupled to the guide shaft 94. The actuating plate 32 is slidably screwed to the inverted screw shaft 94. The sliding motion of the actuating plate 32 is transmitted to the curling guide 30 via the torque limiting member 33. The curling guide 30 receives the action of the actuating plate 32 and moves in a direction of approaching and separating with respect to the facing packer 6A.

導板機構8A可滑動地安裝於打包具成形機6A的前方。該導板機構8A藉由第39圖所示的導板用的位置感測器(以下稱為導板感測器107)而檢測出滑動移動。導板感測器107形成檢測裝置的功能。The guide mechanism 8A is slidably attached to the front of the package forming machine 6A. The guide mechanism 8A detects the sliding movement by the position sensor for the guide shown in Fig. 39 (hereinafter referred to as the guide sensor 107). The guide sensor 107 forms the function of the detecting means.

藉由該導板感測器107,使用者將袋14配置於第6圖所示的打包口103時,由導板95在配置過程中的袋14暫時被壓入。當袋14配置於打包口103時,導板95自動回復至圖式狀態。由導板感測器107檢測出該往復動作,藉此可判定袋14正確地配置於打包口103。By the guide sensor 107, when the user arranges the bag 14 in the packing opening 103 shown in Fig. 6, the bag 14 is temporarily pressed by the guide 95 during the arrangement. When the bag 14 is disposed at the packing opening 103, the guide plate 95 automatically returns to the state of the drawing. This reciprocating motion is detected by the guide sensor 107, whereby it can be determined that the bag 14 is correctly disposed at the packing opening 103.

在該時間點,打包機100開始進行打包處理。在此例中,藉由袋感測器108(參照第37圖),檢測出袋14被插入打包口103或者是從打包口103排出。而且,導板95在保持推壓的狀態下判斷為打包機100中袋14為正確地配置於打包口,而不會開始打包處理。藉此,可避免不良的打包。At this point in time, the baler 100 begins the packaging process. In this example, by the bag sensor 108 (refer to Fig. 37), it is detected that the bag 14 is inserted into the packing opening 103 or discharged from the packing opening 103. Further, the guide plate 95 judges that the bag 14 in the baler 100 is correctly placed in the packing port while maintaining the pressing state, and does not start the packaging process. In this way, poor packaging can be avoided.

又,在捲曲導件30上設有第29圖所示的一對標籤拉掛用的爪部(以下稱為標籤掛爪部30b),以標籤掛爪部30b保持標籤的捲曲導件30到達導板95,藉此由導板95與捲曲導件30防止標籤1A的脫落。Further, a pair of label pulling claw portions (hereinafter referred to as label hanging claw portions 30b) shown in Fig. 29 are provided on the curl guide 30, and the curl guides 30 for holding the labels are reached by the label hanging claw portions 30b. The guide plate 95 is thereby prevented from falling off of the label 1A by the guide 95 and the curl guide 30.

捲軸52的打包具13從打包具搬運機構5A拉出至既定的位置。在此例中,打包具搬運機構5A包括輸送滾子50a、槓桿50d、帶傾斜件63以及打包具輸送馬達50i(參照第49圖)。The packing device 13 of the spool 52 is pulled out from the package carrying mechanism 5A to a predetermined position. In this example, the packing conveyance mechanism 5A includes a conveying roller 50a, a lever 50d, a belt tilting member 63, and a packing conveyance motor 50i (refer to Fig. 49).

輸送滾子50a係設置於帶傾斜件63的入口附近,結合於打包具輸送馬達50i的輸出軸。槓桿50d係突抵於該輸送滾子50a。The conveying roller 50a is disposed near the inlet of the belt tilting member 63 and is coupled to the output shaft of the package conveying motor 50i. The lever 50d is in contact with the conveying roller 50a.

在此例中,槓桿50d包括從動滾子50f及彈簧50g,而安裝於可旋轉的本體底盤部92。槓桿50d由彈簧50g反時針方向偏壓,從動滾子50f突抵於輸送滾子50a。在該從動滾子50f與輸送滾子50a之間夾持著打包具13。藉此,藉由輸送滾子50a於順時針方向旋轉,打包具13從捲軸52拉出而送出至帶傾斜件63。In this example, the lever 50d includes a driven roller 50f and a spring 50g, and is attached to the rotatable body chassis portion 92. The lever 50d is biased counterclockwise by the spring 50g, and the driven roller 50f abuts against the conveying roller 50a. A packing tool 13 is interposed between the driven roller 50f and the conveying roller 50a. Thereby, by rotating the conveying roller 50a in the clockwise direction, the packing tool 13 is pulled out from the spool 52 and sent out to the belt tilting member 63.

而且,捲軸52做交換而最初將打包具13穿過帶傾斜件63時,使用者使該槓桿50d順時針方向轉動,使從動滾子50f與輸送滾子50a之間變寬,捲軸52的打包具13從其間穿過,將該打包具13的前端設定於切割件62的位置上。Moreover, when the reel 52 is exchanged and the packing device 13 is initially passed through the belt tilting member 63, the user rotates the lever 50d clockwise to widen the driven roller 50f and the conveying roller 50a, and the reel 52 The packing 13 passes therethrough, and the front end of the packing 13 is set at the position of the cutting member 62.

打包具成形機構6A具備切割器62及左右的近接臂6la、6lb。切割器62經由切割件連桿62a~62c(參照第8圖)及連結滾子97安裝於本體底盤部92。連結滾子97藉由安裝於上述作動板32的下端部的滾子臂101而與作動板32的滑動一起推壓。當連結滾子97被推壓時,結合於該連結滾子97的切割件連桿62a~62c作動,安裝於第8圖所示的切割件連桿62c的前端的切割器62移動而切斷打包具13。The package forming mechanism 6A includes a cutter 62 and left and right proximal arms 61a and 6bb. The cutter 62 is attached to the body chassis portion 92 via the cutter links 62a to 62c (see FIG. 8) and the coupling roller 97. The connecting roller 97 is pressed together with the sliding of the actuating plate 32 by the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end portion of the actuating plate 32. When the connecting roller 97 is pressed, the cutter links 62a to 62c coupled to the connecting roller 97 actuate, and the cutter 62 attached to the tip end of the cutter link 62c shown in Fig. 8 moves and cuts. Packing tool 13.

又,左側的近接臂61a的一端係安裝於連結滾子97。該近接臂61a的形狀為V字形狀。近接臂61a的一端係可旋轉地安裝於連結滾子97,近接臂61a的凹部以銷105a可旋轉地安裝於本體底盤部92。又,以銷105a將扇形齒輪97a固定於近接臂61a的凹部,該扇形齒輪97a與一邊的連結齒輪96a嚙合。該連結齒輪96a與鄰接的另一邊的連結齒輪96b嚙合,扇形齒輪97b係嚙合於該連結齒輪96b。右側的L字形的近接臂61b係由銷105b安裝於該扇形齒輪97b。Further, one end of the left proximal arm 61a is attached to the coupling roller 97. The shape of the proximal arm 61a is a V shape. One end of the proximal arm 61a is rotatably attached to the coupling roller 97, and the recess of the proximal arm 61a is rotatably attached to the body chassis portion 92 by a pin 105a. Further, the sector gear 97a is fixed to the concave portion of the proximal arm 61a by the pin 105a, and the sector gear 97a is meshed with the coupling gear 96a of one side. The coupling gear 96a meshes with the adjacent coupling gear 96b, and the sector gear 97b meshes with the coupling gear 96b. The L-shaped proximal arm 61b on the right side is attached to the sector gear 97b by a pin 105b.

藉由該構造,當連結滾子97被推壓時,左側的近接臂61a以銷105a為中心反時針轉動,與此同時,扇形齒輪97a也以銷105a為中心反時針轉動,嚙合於該扇形齒輪97a的連結齒輪96a以順時針方向旋轉。當連結齒輪96a甚時針方向旋轉時,連結齒輪96b做反針方向旋轉,嚙合於該連結齒輪96b的扇形齒輪97b以銷105b為中心順時針方向旋轉,安裝於該扇形齒輪97b的右側的近接臂61b也以銷105b為中心順時針方向旋轉。因此,左右的近接臂61a、61b關閉。With this configuration, when the coupling roller 97 is pushed, the left proximal arm 61a rotates counterclockwise about the pin 105a, and at the same time, the sector gear 97a also rotates counterclockwise about the pin 105a, engaging the sector. The coupling gear 96a of the gear 97a rotates in the clockwise direction. When the coupling gear 96a rotates in the clockwise direction, the coupling gear 96b rotates in the reverse stitch direction, and the sector gear 97b that meshes with the coupling gear 96b rotates clockwise around the pin 105b, and is attached to the right arm of the sector gear 97b. 61b also rotates clockwise around the pin 105b. Therefore, the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b are closed.

而且,左右的近接臂61a、61b在打開的狀態下構成打包具13的帶傾斜件63的一部份。在此例中,左側的近接臂61a從切割件62的位置至連接塊31a的位置為止構成帶傾斜件63。連接塊31a係連接近接臂61a與捲曲導件30之間。又,右側的近接臂61b構成帶傾斜見63的終端部。連接塊31b係連接於捲曲導件30與近接臂61之間。Further, the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b constitute a part of the belt tilting member 63 of the packing 13 in an open state. In this example, the left proximal arm 61a constitutes the belt tilting member 63 from the position of the cutting member 62 to the position of the connecting block 31a. The connecting block 31a is connected between the proximal arm 61a and the curling guide 30. Further, the right proximal arm 61b constitutes a terminal portion having a slope of 63. The connecting block 31b is connected between the curling guide 30 and the proximal arm 61.

打包具締結機構7A包括扭轉臂70及扭轉馬達70c(參照第49圖)。扭轉臂70在前端具有S字部70a(參照第4圖),在後端具有齒輪70b,藉由S字部70a以保持打包具13’的前端部與後端部。扭轉馬達70c的輸出軸嚙合於齒輪70b,藉由該扭轉馬達70c旋轉,使扭轉臂70旋轉。The packing and contracting mechanism 7A includes a torsion arm 70 and a torsion motor 70c (refer to Fig. 49). The torsion arm 70 has an S-shaped portion 70a at the distal end (see Fig. 4), a gear 70b at the rear end, and the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packing 13' are held by the S-shaped portion 70a. The output shaft of the torsion motor 70c is meshed with the gear 70b, and the torsion arm 70 is rotated by the torsion motor 70c.

第7圖為打包機100的構造例(打包後)及動作例的上視圖。第7圖所示的打包機100在使打包具13穿過標籤1A之同時,切斷該打包具13,而以所形成的打包具13’打包袋14而成為打包狀態。為了從第6圖所示的待機狀態移行至該打包狀態,首先在打包機100中,當使用者將袋14配置於第6圖所示的打包口103時,藉由該袋14,導板機構8A暫時壓入,袋感測器108(參照第52圖)檢測出袋14的配置。Fig. 7 is a top view showing a configuration example (after packing) and an operation example of the baler 100. The baler 100 shown in Fig. 7 cuts the package 13 while passing the package 13 through the label 1A, and packs the bag 14 with the formed package 13' to be in a packaged state. In order to move from the standby state shown in FIG. 6 to the packed state, first, in the baler 100, when the user arranges the bag 14 in the packing opening 103 shown in FIG. 6, the bag 14 and the guide are used. The mechanism 8A is temporarily pressed in, and the bag sensor 108 (refer to Fig. 52) detects the arrangement of the bag 14.

根據打包機100,在檢測出袋14的配置後,使近接馬達93正旋轉,經由齒輪93a、94a使導螺軸94正旋轉。可滑動地螺合於該導螺軸94的作動板32於箭號Q2的方向滑動。該作動板32的動作經由力矩限制器33(參照第37圖)傳遞至捲曲導件30,該捲曲導件30接受作動板32的動作,對於相向的打包具成形機構6A於接近的方向,從起始位置H移動至打包位置P1之同時,導板機構8A壓入而抵接於左右的連接塊31a、31b。According to the baler 100, after the arrangement of the bag 14 is detected, the proximity motor 93 is rotated positively, and the guide screw shaft 94 is rotated positively via the gears 93a and 94a. The actuating plate 32 slidably screwed to the guide shaft 94 slides in the direction of the arrow Q2. The operation of the actuating plate 32 is transmitted to the curling guide 30 via the torque limiter 33 (refer to Fig. 37), and the curling guide 30 receives the action of the actuating plate 32, in the approaching direction of the facing packing forming mechanism 6A. While the home position H is moved to the packing position P1, the guide mechanism 8A is pressed in and abuts against the left and right connecting blocks 31a, 31b.

此時,導板機構8A藉由保持標籤1A的捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b到達該導板機構8A,防止標籤1A的脫落。又,捲曲導件30構成打包具13的打包具通路。At this time, the guide mechanism 8A reaches the guide mechanism 8A by holding the label hanging claw portion 30b of the curl guide 30 of the label 1A, thereby preventing the label 1A from coming off. Further, the curling guide 30 constitutes a packing path of the packing device 13.

捲曲導件30移動後,由第49圖所示的打包具輸送馬達50i使輸送滾子50旋轉,由該輸送滾子50a與偏壓於彈簧50g的從動滾子50f所夾持的打包具13從捲軸52拉出約80mm而送出至帶傾斜件63。此時,打包具13進入由左側的近接臂61a、連接塊31a、捲曲導件30、右側的連接塊31b及近接臂61b所構成的段差通路構造60。After the curl guide 30 is moved, the transport roller 50 is rotated by the packer transport motor 50i shown in Fig. 49, and the packer is held by the transport roller 50a and the driven roller 50f biased to the spring 50g. 13 is pulled out from the reel 52 by about 80 mm and sent out to the belt tilting member 63. At this time, the packing device 13 enters the stepped passage structure 60 composed of the left proximal arm 61a, the connecting block 31a, the curling guide 30, the right connecting block 31b, and the proximal arm 61b.

打包具13送出至帶傾斜件63後,再度使近接馬達93旋轉,經由齒輪93a、94a使導螺軸94旋轉。藉由該導螺軸94的旋轉,作動板32進一步於箭號Q2方向上移動,藉由安裝於該作動板32的下端部的滾子臂101將連結滾子97壓入。After the packing tool 13 is fed to the belt tilting member 63, the proximity motor 93 is again rotated, and the guide screw shaft 94 is rotated via the gears 93a and 94a. By the rotation of the guide shaft 94, the actuating plate 32 is further moved in the direction of the arrow Q2, and the connecting roller 97 is press-fitted by the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end portion of the actuating plate 32.

藉由連結滾子97壓入,連桿結合於連結滾子97的切割件62,如第7圖所示,插入打包具13的帶傾斜件63,將存在於該帶傾斜件63的打包具13切斷。與該切斷處理同時,卡合於連結滾子97的左側的近接臂61a以反時針方向旋轉,與此同時,扇形齒輪97a也反時針方向旋轉,嚙合於該扇形齒輪97a的連結齒輪96a於順時針方向旋轉。Pressed by the joining roller 97, the connecting rod is coupled to the cutting member 62 of the joining roller 97. As shown in Fig. 7, the belt tilting member 63 of the packing device 13 is inserted, and the packing tool existing in the belt tilting member 63 will be present. 13 cut off. At the same time as the cutting process, the proximal arm 61a that is engaged with the left side of the coupling roller 97 rotates in the counterclockwise direction, and at the same time, the sector gear 97a also rotates counterclockwise, and the coupling gear 96a that meshes with the sector gear 97a is Rotate clockwise.

當該連結齒輪96a於順時針方向旋轉時,連結齒輪96b於反時針方向旋轉,嚙合於該連結齒輪96b的扇形齒輪97b於順時針方向旋轉,安裝於該扇形齒輪97b的右側的近接臂61b也於順時針方向轉動。因此,左右近接臂61a、61b關閉,藉由左右的近接臂61a、61b使打包具13’的兩端靠近扭轉臂70而將打包具13’的形狀限制成U字形。When the coupling gear 96a rotates in the clockwise direction, the coupling gear 96b rotates in the counterclockwise direction, and the sector gear 97b that meshes with the coupling gear 96b rotates clockwise, and the proximal arm 61b attached to the right side of the sector gear 97b also Turn in a clockwise direction. Therefore, the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b are closed, and the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b close the ends of the packing 13' to the torsion arm 70 to restrict the shape of the packing 13' to a U shape.

扭轉臂70藉由設於前端部的S字部70a而保持打包具13’的前端部與後端部。扭轉臂70在由S字部70a保持打包具13’的前端部與後端部的狀態下,由未圖示的扭轉馬達70c而做複數次旋轉。藉此,將打包具13’締結於袋14的折口。The torsion arm 70 holds the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packing 13' by the S-shaped portion 70a provided at the front end portion. The torsion arm 70 is rotated a plurality of times by a torsion motor 70c (not shown) in a state where the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packing 13' are held by the S-shaped portion 70a. Thereby, the packing 13' is tied to the fold of the bag 14.

在該打包機100上,在締結打包具13’之後,使近接馬達93反轉,經由齒輪93a、94a而使導螺軸94反轉。可滑動地螺合於該導螺軸94的作動板32於箭號Q3的方向滑動。接受該作動板32的動作,捲曲導件30相對於相向的打包具成形機構6A於分離的方向上移動之同時,釋放了被壓入打包具成形機構側的導板機構8A。In the baler 100, after the packing 13' is engaged, the proximity motor 93 is reversed, and the guide shaft 94 is reversed via the gears 93a, 94a. The actuating plate 32 slidably screwed to the guide shaft 94 slides in the direction of the arrow Q3. Upon receiving the operation of the actuating plate 32, the curling guide 30 is moved in the separating direction with respect to the opposing packing forming mechanism 6A, and the guide mechanism 8A pressed into the side of the packing forming mechanism is released.

而且,安裝於第7圖所示的作動板32的下端部的滾子臂101與連結滾子97的抵接被解除。在連結滾子97與卡合軸97’之間,連結滾子97經常偏壓於卡合軸97’的一側,架設拉伸彈簧122,藉由解除滾子臂101與連結滾子97的抵接,連結滾子97朝箭號Q3的方向移動。經由結合於切割件62的切割件連桿62c而將連結滾子97壓入。Further, the contact between the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end portion of the actuating plate 32 shown in Fig. 7 and the connecting roller 97 is released. Between the connecting roller 97 and the engaging shaft 97', the connecting roller 97 is often biased to the side of the engaging shaft 97', and the tension spring 122 is stretched by releasing the roller arm 101 and the connecting roller 97. When the contact is made, the link roller 97 moves in the direction of the arrow Q3. The joining roller 97 is pressed in via the cutter link 62c coupled to the cutting member 62.

藉由連結滾子97朝Q3的方向移動,連桿結合於該連結滾子97的切割件62從打包具搬運機構5A的帶傾斜件63退避。在該切割件62退避之同時,與連結滾子97連桿結合的左側的近接臂61a於順時針方向轉動,與此同時,扇形齒輪97a也於順時針方向轉動,嚙合於該扇形齒輪97a的連結齒輪96a於反時針方向轉動。When the connecting roller 97 moves in the direction of Q3, the cutting member 62 to which the link is coupled to the connecting roller 97 is retracted from the belt tilting member 63 of the packing material conveying mechanism 5A. While the cutting member 62 is retracted, the left proximal arm 61a coupled to the link roller 97 is rotated in the clockwise direction, and at the same time, the sector gear 97a is also rotated in the clockwise direction to engage the sector gear 97a. The coupling gear 96a rotates in the counterclockwise direction.

當該連結齒輪96a於反時針方向轉動時,連結齒輪96b也於順時針方向轉動,嚙合於該連結齒輪96b的扇形齒輪97b於反時針方向轉動,安裝於該扇形齒輪97b的右側的近接臂61b也於反時針方向轉動。因此,左右的近接臂61a、61b打開,左右的近接臂61a、61b再度構成段差通路60。When the coupling gear 96a rotates in the counterclockwise direction, the coupling gear 96b also rotates in the clockwise direction, and the sector gear 97b engaged with the coupling gear 96b rotates in the counterclockwise direction, and is attached to the right side proximal arm 61b of the sector gear 97b. Also rotate in a counterclockwise direction. Therefore, the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b are opened, and the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b again constitute the step path 60.

之後,標籤搬運機構4A將收納於內部的標籤1A一片片地拉出而搬運至標籤夾持機構3A的捲曲導件30。藉此,打包機100回到第6圖所示的待機狀態。Thereafter, the label transport mechanism 4A pulls the label 1A stored therein into a single piece and conveys it to the curl guide 30 of the label holding mechanism 3A. Thereby, the baler 100 returns to the standby state shown in FIG.

第8圖為打包機100的主要部分的構造例(打包前)及其動作例的上視圖,其為第6圖所示的待機狀態的打包機100中抽出標籤夾持機構3A、打包具成形機構以及打包具締結機構7A的上視圖。Fig. 8 is a top view showing a configuration example of the main part of the baler 100 (before packing) and an operation example thereof, which is a label holding mechanism 3A in which the baggage machine 100 in the standby state shown in Fig. 6 is taken out, and a packing tool is formed. The upper view of the mechanism and the packing and contracting mechanism 7A.

根據第8圖所示的打包具成形機構6A,為了使切割件62作動,其具備切割件連桿62a~62c、連桿銷97c、97d以及固定軸97e。該切割件62藉由設於L字形的切割件連桿62c的彎曲角的支軸62’而可旋轉地安裝。彈簧軸104係安裝於切割件連桿62c的一端。According to the packing tool forming mechanism 6A shown in Fig. 8, in order to move the cutting member 62, the cutting member links 62a to 62c, the link pins 97c and 97d, and the fixed shaft 97e are provided. The cutter 62 is rotatably attached by a support shaft 62' provided at a bending angle of the L-shaped cutter link 62c. The spring shaft 104 is attached to one end of the cutter link 62c.

渦捲彈簧123係捲繞於彈簧軸104上,渦捲彈簧123的一端側與切割件62卡合,另一端側係卡合於支軸62’。藉此,切割件62藉由渦捲彈簧123以支軸62’為旋轉中心而經常朝反時針方向偏壓。The spiral spring 123 is wound around the spring shaft 104, and one end side of the spiral spring 123 is engaged with the cutter 62, and the other end side is engaged with the support shaft 62'. Thereby, the cutting member 62 is often biased in the counterclockwise direction by the scroll spring 123 with the support shaft 62' as the center of rotation.

又,切割件連桿62c的另一端藉由連桿銷97d而可旋轉地安裝於切割件連桿62b的一端。Further, the other end of the cutter link 62c is rotatably attached to one end of the cutter link 62b by a link pin 97d.

切割件連桿62b的略中央部由固定軸97e固定而可旋轉地安裝於本體底盤92(參照第1圖)。切割件連桿62b的另一端藉由連桿滾子97可旋轉地結合於V字形的近接臂61a。近接臂61a的凹部藉由銷105a而可旋轉地安裝於本體底盤部92。固定於近接臂61a之凹部的扇形齒輪97a也藉由銷105a而可旋轉地安裝於本體底盤部92。A substantially central portion of the cutter link 62b is fixed to the body chassis 92 by a fixed shaft 97e (see Fig. 1). The other end of the cutter link 62b is rotatably coupled to the V-shaped proximal arm 61a by a link roller 97. The recess of the proximal arm 61a is rotatably attached to the body chassis portion 92 by the pin 105a. The sector gear 97a fixed to the recess of the proximal arm 61a is also rotatably attached to the body chassis portion 92 by the pin 105a.

又,右側的L字形的近接臂61b的一端(後端)藉由銷105b可旋轉地安裝於本體底盤部92。固定於近接臂61b的後端的扇形齒輪97b也藉由銷105b可旋轉地安裝於本體底盤部92上。藉由該構造,當連結滾子97朝箭號Q2的方向推壓時,切割件連桿62a~92c以固定軸97e為中心而使連結作動,切割件62從帶傾斜件63插入打包具13。Further, one end (rear end) of the L-shaped proximal arm 61b on the right side is rotatably attached to the body chassis portion 92 by a pin 105b. The sector gear 97b fixed to the rear end of the proximal arm 61b is also rotatably attached to the body chassis portion 92 by a pin 105b. With this configuration, when the connecting roller 97 is pressed in the direction of the arrow Q2, the cutting member links 62a to 92c are engaged with the fixed shaft 97e as a center, and the cutting member 62 is inserted into the packing member 13 from the belt inclined member 63. .

第9圖為打包機100中的主要部份的構造例(打包後)及其動作例的上視圖。第9圖所示的打包機100中,連結滾子97於箭號Q2的方向推壓,結合於該連結滾子97的切割件連桿62a向上推壓。以連桿銷97c連桿性連結於該向上推壓的切割件連桿62a的切割件連桿以固定軸97e為中心做反時針方向旋轉。Fig. 9 is a top view showing a configuration example (after packing) of the main part of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof. In the baler 100 shown in Fig. 9, the coupling roller 97 is pressed in the direction of the arrow Q2, and the cutter link 62a coupled to the coupling roller 97 is pushed upward. The cutter link to which the link pin 97c is linearly coupled to the upwardly pushed cutter link 62a is rotated counterclockwise about the fixed shaft 97e.

以連桿銷97d結合於該反時針方向旋轉的切割件連桿 62b的切割件連桿62c係向下推壓。藉此,連桿性結合於該切割件連桿62c的切割件62也往下推壓,切割件62插入打包具13的帶傾斜件63,而切斷存在於帶傾斜件63的打包具13。The connecting rod pin 97d is coupled to the cutting member link that rotates in the counterclockwise direction The cutter link 62c of 62b is pushed downward. Thereby, the cutting member 62 which is coupled to the cutting member link 62c is also pushed downward, and the cutting member 62 is inserted into the belt biasing member 63 of the packing member 13, and the packing member 13 present in the belt tilting member 63 is cut. .

又,如第7圖所說明,與切割件62作動同時,連桿性結合於連結滾子97的左側近接臂61a以銷105a為中心做反時針旋轉,與此同時,扇形齒輪97a也做反時針旋轉,嚙合於該扇形齒輪97a的連結齒輪96a做順時針旋轉。當該連結齒輪96a做順時針旋轉時,連結齒輪96b反時針旋轉,嚙合於該連結齒輪96b的扇形齒輪97b順時針旋轉,安裝於該扇形齒輪97b的右側的近接臂61b也以銷105b為中心順時針旋轉。因此,左右的近接臂61a、61b關閉,藉由左右的近接臂61a、61b使打包具13’的前端部與後端部靠近扭轉臂70。Further, as explained in Fig. 7, while the cutting member 62 is actuated, the left side proximal arm 61a of the connecting roller 97 is coupled to the pin 105a for rotation counterclockwise, and at the same time, the sector gear 97a is also reversed. When the hour hand rotates, the coupling gear 96a engaged with the sector gear 97a rotates clockwise. When the coupling gear 96a rotates clockwise, the coupling gear 96b rotates counterclockwise, the sector gear 97b that meshes with the coupling gear 96b rotates clockwise, and the proximal arm 61b attached to the right side of the sector gear 97b is also centered on the pin 105b. clockwise rotation. Therefore, the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b are closed, and the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packing 13' are brought closer to the torsion arm 70 by the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b.

接著,針對捲軸52做說明。第10A圖為捲軸52的構造例的立體圖。第10A圖所示的捲軸52包括芯52a、大直徑的圓盤外板52b及小直徑的圓盤內板52c。捲軸52在其芯52a的一端設有小直徑的圓盤內板52c。又,捲軸52在其芯52a的另一端設有大直徑的圓盤外板52b。在圓盤外板52b及圓盤內板52c的中心設有圓形的開口部52d。第12B圖所示的捲軸設置機構90A的支持桿90a插入於該開口部52d。Next, the reel 52 will be described. FIG. 10A is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the spool 52. The reel 52 shown in Fig. 10A includes a core 52a, a large-diameter disc outer panel 52b, and a small-diameter disc inner panel 52c. The spool 52 is provided at one end of its core 52a with a small-diameter disc inner plate 52c. Further, the reel 52 is provided at its other end of the core 52a with a large-diameter disc outer plate 52b. A circular opening 52d is provided in the center of the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c. The support rod 90a of the reel setting mechanism 90A shown in Fig. 12B is inserted into the opening 52d.

第10B圖為捲軸52的構造的正視圖。第10圖所示的小直徑的圓盤內板52c的半徑形成比大直徑的圓盤外板52b的半徑短了距離L3。當捲軸52設於第12圖所示的捲軸設置機構90A時,制動機構89A的螺線管89a的制動墊90h抵接於該捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e。即,制動機構89A藉由夾持比圓盤內板52c大的外型的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e而對捲軸52做制動。FIG. 10B is a front view showing the configuration of the spool 52. The radius of the small-diameter disk inner plate 52c shown in Fig. 10 is formed by a distance L3 shorter than the radius of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b. When the reel 52 is provided in the reel setting mechanism 90A shown in Fig. 12, the brake pad 90h of the solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89A abuts against the large outer portion 52e of the disc outer plate 52b of the reel 52. That is, the brake mechanism 89A brakes the spool 52 by sandwiching the large outer portion 52e of the outer disk outer plate 52b which is larger than the disk inner plate 52c.

又,由於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的直徑不同,當捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90A時,捲軸52的設置方向經常保持一定。即,捲軸52的圓盤內板52c經常朝向裝置本體設置。藉此,捲繞於捲軸52的打包具13的拉出位置經常保持一定。於此,當捲軸52的圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的直徑相同時,也可考慮捲軸52的圓盤外板52b朝向裝置本體設置。此時,由於打包具13的拉出位置上下相反,因此會產生打包具13的拉出不適當的問題。在本發明中,由於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的直徑不同,捲軸52的圓盤內板52c經常朝向裝置本體設置。Further, since the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 is different in diameter from the disk inner plate 52c, when the spool 52 is disposed in the spool setting mechanism 90A, the direction in which the spool 52 is disposed is always kept constant. That is, the disc inner panel 52c of the spool 52 is often disposed toward the apparatus body. Thereby, the pull-out position of the packing 13 wound around the reel 52 is always kept constant. Here, when the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 has the same diameter as the disk inner plate 52c, it is also conceivable that the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 is disposed toward the apparatus body. At this time, since the pull-out position of the packing device 13 is reversed up and down, there is a problem that the pulling out of the packing device 13 is inappropriate. In the present invention, since the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 is different in diameter from the disk inner plate 52c, the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52 is often disposed toward the apparatus body.

第11A至第11C圖為捲軸52的組裝例的立體圖。第11A圖所示的筒狀的芯52a的一邊的端面與圓盤內板52c以接著劑接著而固定。又,筒狀的芯52a的另一邊的端面與圓盤外板52b以接著劑接著而固定。此時,使圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的開口部52d對位。藉此,形成第11B圖所示的捲軸52。形成後,如第11C圖所示,將打包具13捲繞於捲軸52上。11A to 11C are perspective views of an example of assembly of the spool 52. The end surface of one side of the cylindrical core 52a shown in Fig. 11A and the disk inner plate 52c are fixed by an adhesive. Further, the other end surface of the cylindrical core 52a and the disk outer plate 52b are fixed by an adhesive. At this time, the disk outer plate 52b is aligned with the opening 52d of the disk inner plate 52c. Thereby, the reel 52 shown in FIG. 11B is formed. After the formation, as shown in Fig. 11C, the packing 13 is wound around the reel 52.

接著,對捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A做說明。第12A圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(其一)的立體圖。該捲軸設置機構90A,如第1圖所說明,其具備支持桿90a、推壓槓桿90b、側面板90c及旋轉軸90d。Next, the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A will be described. Fig. 12A is a perspective view showing a configuration example (part 1) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A. The reel setting mechanism 90A includes a support lever 90a, a pressing lever 90b, a side panel 90c, and a rotating shaft 90d as described in Fig. 1 .

支持桿90a及旋轉軸90d係固定於側面板90c。推壓槓桿90b係可旋轉地安裝於旋轉軸90d。第12A圖所示的推壓槓桿90b具備缺口部90m及操作部90k。該操作部90k由使用者保持而使推壓槓桿90b旋轉。旋轉的推壓槓桿90b中,其缺口部90m被載置於固定在側面板90c的固定框90q的載置片90n上。藉此,推壓槓桿90b使其姿勢保持在略水平狀態。第12A圖所示的捲軸設置機構90A中,推壓槓桿90b為旋轉90°而保持在略水平的狀態(捲軸設置待機狀態)。而且,第12A圖所示的推壓槓桿90b的缺口部90m實際上不載置於固定框90q的載置片90m上。在固定框90q上,制動機構89A的螺線管89a懸吊而固定。The support rod 90a and the rotating shaft 90d are fixed to the side panel 90c. The pressing lever 90b is rotatably attached to the rotating shaft 90d. The pressing lever 90b shown in Fig. 12A includes a notch portion 90m and an operation portion 90k. The operation portion 90k is held by the user to rotate the pressing lever 90b. In the rotating pressing lever 90b, the notch portion 90m is placed on the placing piece 90n fixed to the fixing frame 90q of the side panel 90c. Thereby, the lever 90b is pushed to maintain its posture in a slightly horizontal state. In the reel setting mechanism 90A shown in Fig. 12A, the pressing lever 90b is rotated by 90° and maintained in a slightly horizontal state (reel setting standby state). Further, the notch portion 90m of the pressing lever 90b shown in Fig. 12A is not actually placed on the placing piece 90m of the fixing frame 90q. On the fixed frame 90q, the solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89A is suspended and fixed.

第12B圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(其一)的正視圖。在第12B圖所示的支持桿90a的前端設有槽部90p。推壓槓桿90b的U字形前端部嵌合而固定於該槽部90p中。Fig. 12B is a front view showing a configuration example (part 1) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A. A groove portion 90p is provided at the front end of the support rod 90a shown in Fig. 12B. The U-shaped front end portion of the pressing lever 90b is fitted and fixed in the groove portion 90p.

又,第12B圖所示的制動機構89A的螺線管89a經由第14A圖所示的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e而與垂直狀態的推壓槓桿90b相向,設置於圓盤外板52b的內面側。又,推壓槓桿90b係配置於圓盤外板52b的外面側。Further, the solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89A shown in Fig. 12B is opposed to the vertical pressing lever 90b via the large outer portion 52e of the disk outer plate 52b shown in Fig. 14A, and is disposed outside the disk. The inner surface side of the plate 52b. Further, the pressing lever 90b is disposed on the outer surface side of the disk outer panel 52b.

該螺線管89a中,止動件89d係設於可動鐵芯89c的前端。在該止動件89d與螺線管本體之間,設有用來使可動鐵芯89c伸長的壓縮彈簧89b。該止動件89d係經由緩衝材89e抵接於固定框90q的抵接板90e而定位。In the solenoid 89a, a stopper 89d is provided at the front end of the movable iron core 89c. A compression spring 89b for extending the movable iron core 89c is provided between the stopper 89d and the solenoid body. The stopper 89d is positioned by abutting against the abutting plate 90e of the fixing frame 90q via the cushioning material 89e.

如此構造的螺線管89a通電時,可動鐵芯89c收縮而動作。又,當螺線管89a的通電被遮斷時,藉由壓縮彈簧89b,可動鐵芯89c的止動件89d推出伸長至抵接板90e為止而動作。而且,第12C圖為表示捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(其一)的側視圖。When the solenoid 89a thus constructed is energized, the movable iron core 89c contracts and operates. When the energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked, the stopper 89d of the movable iron core 89c is pushed out and extended to the abutting plate 90e by the compression spring 89b. Further, Fig. 12C is a side view showing a structural example (part 1) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A.

第13A圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(其二)的立體圖。第13圖所示的捲軸設置機構90A中,第12圖所示的推壓槓桿90b做90°旋轉而設定成略垂直的狀態(捲軸設置狀態)。Fig. 13A is a perspective view showing a structural example (the second) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A. In the reel setting mechanism 90A shown in Fig. 13, the pressing lever 90b shown in Fig. 12 is rotated at 90° to be set to a slightly vertical state (reel setting state).

在此例中,由使用者保持操作部90k,推壓槓桿90b朝垂直方向旋轉。此時,開口部90f的前端圓形部90i卡合於旋轉軸90d而旋轉。此為旋轉軸90d的前端(卡合)部形成矩形。於垂直方向做90°旋轉的推壓槓桿90b下降,而其開口部90f滑動。又,推壓槓桿90b中,其前端的U字形前端部90g嵌合於支持桿90a的槽部90p而固定。而且,開口部90f的後端部90r也形成矩形。因此,藉由形成矩形的旋轉軸90d的前端部而限制推壓槓桿90b的垂直方向的移動。藉此,該推壓槓桿90b的U字形前端部90g圓滑地嵌合於支持桿90a的槽部90p。In this example, the operating portion 90k is held by the user, and the pressing lever 90b is rotated in the vertical direction. At this time, the front end circular portion 90i of the opening portion 90f is engaged with the rotation shaft 90d to rotate. This is a front end (engagement) portion of the rotating shaft 90d which is formed in a rectangular shape. The pressing lever 90b that rotates 90° in the vertical direction descends, and the opening portion 90f slides. Further, in the pressing lever 90b, the U-shaped distal end portion 90g at the distal end thereof is fitted to the groove portion 90p of the support rod 90a and fixed. Further, the rear end portion 90r of the opening portion 90f is also formed in a rectangular shape. Therefore, the movement of the pressing lever 90b in the vertical direction is restricted by forming the front end portion of the rectangular rotating shaft 90d. Thereby, the U-shaped distal end portion 90g of the pressing lever 90b is smoothly fitted to the groove portion 90p of the support rod 90a.

第13B圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(其二)的正視圖。第13圖所示的制動機構89A的螺線管89a為通電遮斷的狀態,其可動鐵芯89c的制動墊90h與推壓槓桿90b的間隔以既定距離設定。該間隔設定成比捲軸52的大直徑的圓盤外板52b的厚度稍微窄。藉此,螺線管89a的制動墊90h與推壓槓桿90b協同動作,藉此夾入捲軸52的圓盤外板52b而使該捲軸52停止。而且,第13C圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(其二)的側視圖。Fig. 13B is a front view showing a structural example (the second) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A. The solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89A shown in Fig. 13 is in a state of being electrically blocked, and the interval between the brake pad 90h of the movable iron core 89c and the pressing lever 90b is set at a predetermined distance. This interval is set to be slightly narrower than the thickness of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52. Thereby, the brake pad 90h of the solenoid 89a cooperates with the pressing lever 90b, thereby sandwiching the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 to stop the spool 52. Further, Fig. 13C is a side view showing a structural example (the second) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A.

接著,說明以捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90A的一例。第14A圖為捲軸52的設置例(其一)的立體圖。第14圖所示的捲軸設置機構90A為第12A圖所示的捲軸設置待機狀態。即,捲軸設置機構90A係設定成推壓槓桿90b的姿勢略呈水平的狀態。捲軸52中,支持桿90a從其小直徑的圓盤內板52c側朝芯52a插入。此時,捲軸52從大直徑的圓盤外板52b側安裝於支持桿90a時,該圓盤外板52b抵接於制動機構89A,該捲軸52無法設置於捲軸設置機構90A。藉此,當捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90A時,經常一定地保持捲軸52的設置方向。因此,捲繞於捲軸52的打包具13的拉出位置經常保持一定。Next, an example in which the spool 52 is provided in the spool setting mechanism 90A will be described. Fig. 14A is a perspective view showing an arrangement example (the first) of the reel 52. The reel setting mechanism 90A shown in Fig. 14 is in a reel setting standby state shown in Fig. 12A. That is, the reel setting mechanism 90A is set to a state in which the posture of the pressing lever 90b is slightly horizontal. In the reel 52, the support rod 90a is inserted from the side of the small-diameter disc inner plate 52c toward the core 52a. At this time, when the reel 52 is attached to the support rod 90a from the side of the large-diameter disc outer panel 52b, the disc outer panel 52b abuts against the brake mechanism 89A, and the reel 52 cannot be provided in the reel setting mechanism 90A. Thereby, when the reel 52 is disposed in the reel setting mechanism 90A, the setting direction of the reel 52 is often kept constant. Therefore, the pull-out position of the packing 13 wound around the reel 52 is always kept constant.

第14B圖為捲軸52的設置例(其一)的正視圖。第14B圖所示的螺線管89a的制動墊90h抵接於捲軸52的大直徑的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e。Fig. 14B is a front view showing an arrangement example (the first) of the reel 52. The brake pad 90h of the solenoid 89a shown in Fig. 14B abuts against the large outer portion 52e of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52.

第14C圖為捲軸52的設置例(其一)的側視圖。如第14C圖所示,推壓槓桿90b旋轉至略呈水平狀態,使捲軸52滑動而安裝於支持桿90a。即,旋轉至略呈水平狀態的推壓槓桿90b使捲軸52滑動而安裝於支持桿90a之際,突掛於該捲軸52是不麻煩的。藉此,可使捲軸52圓滑地設置於捲軸安裝機構90A。Fig. 14C is a side view showing an arrangement example (the first) of the reel 52. As shown in Fig. 14C, the pressing lever 90b is rotated to a slightly horizontal state, and the spool 52 is slid and attached to the support rod 90a. That is, when the pressing lever 90b rotated to the slightly horizontal state slides the reel 52 and attaches it to the support lever 90a, it is not troublesome to protrude from the reel 52. Thereby, the spool 52 can be smoothly provided to the spool mounting mechanism 90A.

第15A圖為捲軸52的設置例(其二)的立體圖。第15B圖為捲軸52的設置例(其二)的正視圖。第15C圖為捲軸52的設置例的側視圖。Fig. 15A is a perspective view showing an arrangement example (the second) of the reel 52. Fig. 15B is a front view showing an arrangement example (the second) of the reel 52. Fig. 15C is a side view showing an example of the arrangement of the spool 52.

第15A圖的捲軸設置機構90A中,第14A圖所示的推壓槓桿90b旋轉90°而設定成略垂直的狀態。為了移行至該垂直狀態,由使用者保持操作部90k,推壓槓桿90b朝垂直方向旋轉。此時,開口部90f的前端圓形部90i(參照第13A圖)與旋轉軸90d卡合而旋轉。旋轉軸90d的前端(卡合)部形成一矩形,該矩形形成比前端圓形部90i的內形狀還小的外型。第15A至第15C圖所示的推壓槓桿90b中,其前端的U字形前端部90g未嵌合於支持桿90a的槽部90p。In the reel setting mechanism 90A of Fig. 15A, the pressing lever 90b shown in Fig. 14A is rotated by 90° to be set to a slightly vertical state. In order to move to the vertical state, the operating portion 90k is held by the user, and the pressing lever 90b is rotated in the vertical direction. At this time, the front end circular portion 90i (see FIG. 13A) of the opening portion 90f is engaged with the rotation shaft 90d to rotate. The front end (engagement) portion of the rotating shaft 90d forms a rectangle which is formed to have a smaller outer shape than the inner shape of the front end circular portion 90i. In the pressing lever 90b shown in Figs. 15A to 15C, the U-shaped distal end portion 90g at the distal end thereof is not fitted to the groove portion 90p of the support rod 90a.

推壓槓桿90b具有其一側端彎曲至外側而形成的彎曲部90j。推壓槓桿90b旋轉時,藉由該彎曲部90j接受捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f,該圓盤外板52b稍微壓入至螺線管89a側。當該螺線管89a的通電被遮斷時,藉由壓縮彈簧89b使可動鐵芯89c壓出而伸長。因此在捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90A之際,由於螺線管89a的通電被遮斷,其可動鐵芯89c伸長。藉此,當推壓槓桿90b旋轉時,由彎曲部90j接受捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f,該圓盤外板52b必須稍微壓入至螺線管89a側。The pressing lever 90b has a bent portion 90j formed by bending one side end thereof to the outside. When the push lever 90b is rotated, the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 is received by the bent portion 90j, and the disk outer plate 52b is slightly pressed into the solenoid 89a side. When the energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked, the movable iron core 89c is pushed out by the compression spring 89b to be elongated. Therefore, when the reel 52 is disposed in the reel setting mechanism 90A, the movable iron core 89c is elongated because the energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked. Thereby, when the pressing lever 90b is rotated, the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 is received by the curved portion 90j, and the disk outer plate 52b must be slightly pressed into the side of the solenoid 89a.

第16A圖為捲軸52的設置例(其三)的立體圖。第16B圖為捲軸52的設置例(其三)的正視圖。第16C圖為捲軸52的設置例(其三)的側視圖。Fig. 16A is a perspective view showing an arrangement example (the third) of the reel 52. Fig. 16B is a front view showing an arrangement example (the third) of the reel 52. Fig. 16C is a side view showing an arrangement example (the third) of the reel 52.

第16A圖所示的捲軸設置機構90A中,推壓槓桿90b於第15A圖所示的垂直方向下降,其開口部90f滑動。而且,該推壓槓桿90b中,其前端的U字形前端部90g嵌合而固定於支持桿90a的槽部90p。此時,形成於開口部90f的細槽狀的部分與形成於旋轉軸90d的矩形的部分卡合,而無法旋轉。以此方式,捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90A上。In the reel setting mechanism 90A shown in Fig. 16A, the pressing lever 90b is lowered in the vertical direction shown in Fig. 15A, and the opening 90f is slid. Further, in the pressing lever 90b, the U-shaped distal end portion 90g at the distal end thereof is fitted and fixed to the groove portion 90p of the support rod 90a. At this time, the thin groove-shaped portion formed in the opening portion 90f is engaged with the rectangular portion formed on the rotating shaft 90d, and cannot be rotated. In this way, the reel 52 is disposed on the reel setting mechanism 90A.

接著,說明制動機構89A的動作例。第17A圖為制動機構89A的動作例的立體圖。第17B圖為制動機構89A的動作例的正視圖。第17C圖為制動機構89A的動作例的側視圖。Next, an operation example of the brake mechanism 89A will be described. Fig. 17A is a perspective view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89A. Fig. 17B is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89A. Fig. 17C is a side view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89A.

第17A至17C圖所示的制動機構89的螺線管89a為通電而可動鐵芯89c收縮的狀態。此時,設於止動件89d與螺線管本體之間的壓縮彈簧89b從第16B圖所示的狀態被壓縮。又,可動鐵芯89c的制動墊90h係從捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e隔離。藉此,捲軸52成為制動解除(free)的狀態。即,捲軸52中,其芯52a安裝於支持桿90a而支持。然後,捲軸52的圓盤外板52b側藉由推壓槓桿90b而無法拔出,捲軸52的圓盤內板52c側係藉由側面板90c而無法拔出。The solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89 shown in FIGS. 17A to 17C is in a state in which the movable iron core 89c is contracted. At this time, the compression spring 89b provided between the stopper 89d and the solenoid body is compressed from the state shown in Fig. 16B. Further, the brake pad 90h of the movable iron core 89c is isolated from the large outer portion 52e of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52. Thereby, the reel 52 is in a state in which the brake is released. That is, in the spool 52, the core 52a is supported by the support rod 90a. Then, the side of the disk outer panel 52b of the spool 52 cannot be pulled out by pressing the lever 90b, and the side of the disk inner panel 52c of the spool 52 is not pulled out by the side panel 90c.

在該制動解除狀態下,捲軸52的打包具13由第1圖所示的打包具搬運機構5A而拉出。由該打包具搬運機構5A而拉出打包具13的操作結束之同時,螺線管89a的通電被遮斷。藉此,藉由壓縮彈簧89b,可動鐵芯89c推出而伸長。然後,如第16B圖所示,止動墊90h抵接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的大外型部52e之同時,與推壓槓桿90b夾持該圓盤外板52b而對該捲軸52進行制動。藉此,捲軸52的打包具13拉出後,由於該捲軸52因慣性不旋轉,可防止該打包具13的拉出現鬆弛。而且,制動墊90h推壓圓盤外板52b的荷重係視壓縮彈簧89b的彈力而定。根據此構造,藉由壓縮彈簧89b的彈力與制動墊90h的接觸面積變更而可調整制動動作的效果。In the brake release state, the packing 13 of the spool 52 is pulled out by the packing conveyance mechanism 5A shown in Fig. 1 . When the operation of pulling out the packing tool 13 by the packing conveyance mechanism 5A is completed, the energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked. Thereby, the movable iron core 89c is pushed out and extended by the compression spring 89b. Then, as shown in FIG. 16B, while the stopper pad 90h abuts against the large outer portion 52e of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52, the disk outer plate 52b is held by the pressing lever 90b to the spool 52 to brake. Thereby, after the packing 13 of the reel 52 is pulled out, since the reel 52 does not rotate due to inertia, the pulling of the packing 13 can be prevented from being slack. Further, the load applied by the brake pad 90h against the disk outer plate 52b depends on the elastic force of the compression spring 89b. According to this configuration, the effect of the braking operation can be adjusted by changing the contact area between the elastic force of the compression spring 89b and the brake pad 90h.

如此,根據本發明的打包機100與其控制方法以及可安裝於打包機100的捲軸52,具備捲軸52,其具有比圓盤內板52c還大型的圓盤外板52b,制動機構89A夾持比圓盤內板52c還大型的圓盤外板52b的大外型部而對捲軸52進行制動。Thus, the baler 100 according to the present invention, its control method, and the reel 52 mountable to the baler 100 are provided with a reel 52 having a disc outer panel 52b that is larger than the disc inner panel 52c, and the brake mechanism 89A is clamped. The disk inner plate 52c also brakes the spool 52 with a large outer portion of the large disk outer plate 52b.

因此,滑動連接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b而用於制動動作的面積增加。藉此,與習知技術所述的滑動連接於單邊的導板的外周部而進行制動的方法相比,可提升制動力。但是,可抑制捲軸52的磨耗之同時,可抑制磨耗粉的產生及捲軸52的變形。又,由於圓盤內板52c與圓盤外板52b的大外型不同,卷軸52朝打包機100的設置方向變得明確。Therefore, the area for the braking action is increased by slidingly connecting to the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52. Thereby, the braking force can be improved as compared with the method of performing the braking by slidingly connecting the outer peripheral portion of the guide plate of the one side as described in the prior art. However, the abrasion of the spool 52 can be suppressed, and the generation of the abrasion powder and the deformation of the spool 52 can be suppressed. Further, since the disk inner plate 52c is different from the large outer shape of the disk outer plate 52b, the direction in which the spool 52 is disposed toward the baler 100 becomes clear.

接著,對於與上述捲軸設置機構90A不同的捲軸設置機構90B以及與制動機構89A不同的制動機構89B至89D做說明。而且,在以下的說明中,上述的捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A中,相同的構成要素給予相同的符號,並省略其詳細的說明。Next, a reel setting mechanism 90B different from the above-described reel setting mechanism 90A and brake mechanisms 89B to 89D different from the brake mechanism 89A will be described. In the following description, the same components are denoted by the same reference numerals in the above-described reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

第18A圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89B的構造例的立體圖。第18B圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89B的構造例的正視圖。第18C圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89B的構造例的側視圖。第18A圖至第18C圖所示的捲軸設置機構90B為設置機構的一例,支持桿90a、推壓槓桿900b、側面板900c及旋轉軸90d。Fig. 18A is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the spool setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89B. Fig. 18B is a front view showing a configuration example of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89B. Fig. 18C is a side view showing a configuration example of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89B. The reel setting mechanism 90B shown in FIGS. 18A to 18C is an example of an installation mechanism, and supports a lever 90a, a pressing lever 900b, a side panel 900c, and a rotating shaft 90d.

支持桿90a及旋轉軸90d係固定於側面板900c。推壓槓桿900b中,其後端的L字形的開口部900f係可旋轉地安裝於旋轉軸90d。推壓槓桿900b具備操作部90k。該操作部90k由使用者保持而使推壓槓桿900b旋轉。捲軸設置機構90B中,推壓槓桿900b做90°轉動而設定成略水平的狀態(捲軸設置待機狀態)。The support rod 90a and the rotating shaft 90d are fixed to the side panel 900c. In the pressing lever 900b, the L-shaped opening portion 900f at the rear end thereof is rotatably attached to the rotating shaft 90d. The pressing lever 900b is provided with an operating portion 90k. The operation portion 90k is held by the user to rotate the pressing lever 900b. In the reel setting mechanism 90B, the pressing lever 900b is rotated at 90° to be set to a slightly horizontal state (reel setting standby state).

在側面板900c的既定位置上安裝有制動機構89B。該制動機構89B為第二制動機構的一例。圓盤內板52c的內輪52g(外周部的一例)及圓盤外板52b的外輪52f(外周部的一例)同時或圓盤內板52c的內輪52g或圓盤外板52b的外輪52f交互地抵接於制動機構89B。A brake mechanism 89B is attached to a predetermined position of the side panel 900c. This brake mechanism 89B is an example of a second brake mechanism. The inner ring 52g (an example of the outer peripheral portion) of the disk inner plate 52c and the outer ring 52f (an example of the outer peripheral portion) of the disk outer plate 52b or the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c or the outer wheel 52f of the disk outer plate 52b The brake mechanism 89B is alternately abutted.

制動機構89B由螺線管890a及制動板900h構成。該螺線管890a為第二伸縮動作構件的一例,其為推壓型的螺線管。螺線管890a相對於芯52a於略垂直方向設置,由控制部110以既定的時序控制通電或遮斷通電而伸縮動作。The brake mechanism 89B is composed of a solenoid 890a and a brake plate 900h. This solenoid 890a is an example of a second telescopic operation member, and is a push type solenoid. The solenoid 890a is provided in a slightly vertical direction with respect to the core 52a, and the control unit 110 controls the energization or the interruption of energization at a predetermined timing to expand and contract.

螺線管890a中,制動板900h安裝於其可動鐵芯(柱塞)890c的前端。該制動板900h為第一制動板的一例,可滑動地安裝於側面板900c上。In the solenoid 890a, the brake plate 900h is attached to the front end of the movable iron core (plunger) 890c. The brake plate 900h is an example of a first brake plate and is slidably attached to the side panel 900c.

在此例中,該制動板900h在兩個位置具有縱方向的長孔90s,該等長孔90s係可上下移動地嵌入支持螺線管890a的臂90u。又,制動板900h由軌道90t使其兩端側被嵌插。如此,制動板900h可滑動地安裝於側面板900c。In this example, the brake plate 900h has elongated holes 90s in the longitudinal direction at two positions, and the elongated holes 90s are fitted into the arms 90u of the support solenoid 890a so as to be movable up and down. Further, the brake plate 900h is inserted into the both end sides by the rail 90t. As such, the brake plate 900h is slidably mounted to the side panel 900c.

又,制動板900h藉由拉伸彈簧890b而偏壓於螺線管本體側。在此例中,制動板900h在螺線管890a的可動鐵芯890c插入其開口部之同時,藉由拉伸彈簧890b而拉伸至螺線管本體側。藉此,制動板900h對應於可動鐵芯890c的動作而上下移動。Further, the brake plate 900h is biased to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 890b. In this example, the brake plate 900h is stretched to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 890b while the movable iron core 890c of the solenoid 890a is inserted into the opening portion thereof. Thereby, the brake plate 900h moves up and down in response to the movement of the movable iron core 890c.

制動板900h形成不同段的第一制動面901h(第二抵接面的一例)及第二制動面902h(第一抵接面的一例)。如第19A圖所示的捲軸52的大直徑的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f抵接於第一制動面901h。又,捲軸52的小直徑的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g抵接於第二制動面902h。捲軸52由制動板900h制動,制動板900h將制動面902h與圓盤內板52c的內輪52g的距離以及制動面901h與圓盤外板52b的外輪52f的距離設定成不同的距離。The brake plate 900h forms a first braking surface 901h (an example of a second abutting surface) and a second braking surface 902h (an example of a first abutting surface) of different stages. The outer ring 52f of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 19A abuts against the first braking surface 901h. Further, the inner ring 52g of the small-diameter disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52 abuts against the second braking surface 902h. The spool 52 is braked by the brake plate 900h, and the brake plate 900h sets the distance between the braking surface 902h and the inner wheel 52g of the disk inner plate 52c and the distance between the braking surface 901h and the outer wheel 52f of the disk outer plate 52b to be different.

接著,對捲軸52設置於捲軸設置機構90B的一例做說明。第19A圖為捲軸52的設置例的立體圖。第19A圖所示的捲軸設置機構90B在捲軸52的芯52a安裝於該支持桿90a之後,第18A圖所示的水平狀態的推壓槓桿900b做90°旋轉而設定成略垂直的狀態。為了移行至該垂直狀態,由使用者保持操作部90k,推壓槓桿900b朝垂直方向旋轉。此時,開口部900f的中央圓形部900i卡合於旋轉軸90d而旋轉。開口部900f於兩個方向形成分歧的細槽狀的部分卡合於形成旋轉軸90d的矩形的部分,而為無法旋轉的部分。在垂直方向做90°旋轉的推壓槓桿900b下降而開口部900f滑動。又,推壓槓桿900b中,其前端的U字形前端部90g嵌合於支持桿90a的槽部90p而固定。Next, an example in which the reel 52 is provided in the reel setting mechanism 90B will be described. Fig. 19A is a perspective view showing an installation example of the spool 52. In the reel setting mechanism 90B shown in Fig. 19A, after the core 52a of the reel 52 is attached to the support rod 90a, the pressing lever 900b in the horizontal state shown in Fig. 18A is rotated by 90° to be set to a slightly vertical state. In order to move to the vertical state, the operating portion 90k is held by the user, and the pressing lever 900b is rotated in the vertical direction. At this time, the central circular portion 900i of the opening 900f is engaged with the rotating shaft 90d to rotate. The narrow groove-shaped portion in which the opening portion 900f is formed in two directions is engaged with a rectangular portion forming the rotation shaft 90d, and is a portion that cannot be rotated. The pressing lever 900b that rotates 90° in the vertical direction descends and the opening 900f slides. Further, in the pressing lever 900b, the U-shaped distal end portion 90g at the distal end thereof is fitted to the groove portion 90p of the support rod 90a and fixed.

推壓槓桿900b具有一端側彎曲至外側而形成的彎曲部900j。該彎曲部900j旋轉時,接受捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f。藉此,捲軸52容易地設置於捲軸設置機構。The pressing lever 900b has a bent portion 900j formed by bending one end side to the outside. When the curved portion 900j rotates, the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 is received. Thereby, the reel 52 is easily provided to the reel setting mechanism.

在第19A圖第19B圖所示的制動機構89B,其通電被遮斷。此時,螺線管890a的可動鐵芯890c及制動板900h由拉伸彈簧890b拉伸至螺線管本體側,該可動鐵芯890c收縮。因此,制動板900h的制動面901h從捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f相隔距離L4。又,制動板900h的制動面902h與捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g相隔距離L5。In the brake mechanism 89B shown in Fig. 19A and Fig. 19B, the energization is blocked. At this time, the movable iron core 890c of the solenoid 890a and the brake plate 900h are stretched to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 890b, and the movable iron core 890c is contracted. Therefore, the braking surface 901h of the brake plate 900h is separated from the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 by a distance L4. Further, the braking surface 902h of the brake plate 900h is separated from the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52 by a distance L5.

在此例中,距離L5設定成比距離L4還常(L5>L4)。制動板900h變更抵接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b及圓盤內板52c的時序(時期)。即,在捲軸52的使用初期階段,制動板900h中,其制動面901h抵接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f而進行制動。在捲軸52的使用後期階段,該圓盤外板52b的外輪52f磨損時,制動板900h中,其制動面902h抵接於捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g,主要使用該內輪52g進行制動。藉此,由於可抑制捲軸52的外輪52f及內輪52g的磨耗,可延長該捲軸52的壽命。In this example, the distance L5 is set to be more frequent than the distance L4 (L5>L4). The brake plate 900h changes the timing (period) of the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52. That is, in the initial stage of use of the reel 52, in the brake plate 900h, the braking surface 901h abuts against the outer ring 52f of the disc outer plate 52b of the reel 52 to perform braking. In the later stage of use of the reel 52, when the outer wheel 52f of the disc outer plate 52b is worn, in the brake plate 900h, the braking surface 902h abuts against the inner wheel 52g of the disc inner plate 52c of the reel 52, and the inner wheel is mainly used. 52g is braked. Thereby, since the wear of the outer ring 52f and the inner ring 52g of the reel 52 can be suppressed, the life of the reel 52 can be extended.

當然,相反地使距離L4比距離L5長(L5<L4),制動板900h抵接於內輪52g,之後,抵接於外輪52f而進行制動。又,距離L5與距離L4的長度相等(L5=L4),制動板900h可同時抵接於捲軸52的外輪52f及內輪52g而進行制動。Of course, on the contrary, the distance L4 is longer than the distance L5 (L5 < L4), the brake plate 900h abuts against the inner ring 52g, and then abuts against the outer ring 52f to perform braking. Further, the distance L5 is equal to the length of the distance L4 (L5 = L4), and the brake plate 900h can simultaneously abut against the outer ring 52f and the inner ring 52g of the spool 52 to perform braking.

第19A圖及第19B圖所示的捲軸52為解除制動(free)的狀態。即,捲軸52係支持桿90a插入其芯52a而支持。然後,捲軸52的圓盤外板52b側藉由推壓槓桿900b而無法拔出,而且捲軸52的圓盤內板52c側藉由側面板900c而無法拔出。The reel 52 shown in Figs. 19A and 19B is in a state of being released from braking. That is, the reel 52 is supported by the support rod 90a inserted into its core 52a. Then, the side of the disk outer panel 52b of the spool 52 cannot be pulled out by pressing the lever 900b, and the side of the disk inner panel 52c of the spool 52 cannot be pulled out by the side panel 900c.

在該制動解除(通電遮斷)狀態下,捲軸52的打包具13由第1圖所示的打包具搬運機構5A拉出。藉由該打包劇搬運機構5A在打包具13的拉出結束之同時,螺線管890a通電。此時,螺線管890a中,其可動鐵芯890c伸長,制動板900h抵接於捲軸52的外輪52f或內輪52g而進行制動。藉此,在捲軸52的打包具13拉出後,該捲軸52由於慣性而不旋轉,可防止該打包具13的拉出線鬆弛。In the brake release (energization interruption) state, the package 13 of the spool 52 is pulled out by the package conveyance mechanism 5A shown in Fig. 1 . By the package play mechanism 5A, the solenoid 890a is energized while the drawing of the packing 13 is completed. At this time, in the solenoid 890a, the movable iron core 890c is extended, and the brake plate 900h abuts against the outer ring 52f of the reel 52 or the inner ring 52g to perform braking. Thereby, after the packing 13 of the reel 52 is pulled out, the reel 52 does not rotate due to inertia, and the pull-out line of the packing 13 can be prevented from being slack.

接著說明制動機構89B的動作例。第20A圖為捲軸52的使用初期階段中的制動機構89B的動作例的正視圖。第20A圖所示的制動機構89B為第19B圖所示的螺線管890a通電的狀態。此時,螺線管890a的可動鐵芯890c壓出而伸長。藉此,制動板900h下降之同時,制動面901h抵接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f而進行制動。又,制動面902h不抵接於捲軸、52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g。捲軸52的使用初期階段的時期,該圓盤外板52b的外輪52f不會磨損。此時,由於圓盤外板52b的外輪52f不會磨損,制動機構89B的制動力可充分地發揮。Next, an operation example of the brake mechanism 89B will be described. Fig. 20A is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89B in the initial stage of use of the spool 52. The brake mechanism 89B shown in Fig. 20A is in a state in which the solenoid 890a shown in Fig. 19B is energized. At this time, the movable iron core 890c of the solenoid 890a is pushed out and elongated. Thereby, the brake plate 900h is lowered, and the braking surface 901h abuts against the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52 to perform braking. Further, the braking surface 902h does not abut against the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52. At the time of the initial stage of use of the spool 52, the outer wheel 52f of the disk outer panel 52b does not wear. At this time, since the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b does not wear, the braking force of the brake mechanism 89B can be sufficiently exerted.

第20B圖為捲軸52的使用後期階段的制動機構89B的動作例的正視圖。第20B圖所示的捲軸52的打包具13為從第20B圖所示的捲軸52的打包具13做某種程度的消耗的狀態。此時,第20B圖所示的捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f由於抵接於制動面901h而使用於制動動作而有若干磨損。Fig. 20B is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89B in the later stage of use of the spool 52. The packing 13 of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 20B is in a state of being somewhat consumed from the packing 13 of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 20B. At this time, the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 20B is used for the braking operation due to the abutment on the braking surface 901h, and is somewhat worn.

藉此,第20B圖所示的制動板900h通電時的位置與第20A圖所示的制動板900h通電時的位置相比,由於該圓盤外板52b的外輪52f的磨耗而下降。因此,制動板900h中,制動面902h抵接於捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g,主要使用該內輪52g而進行制動。藉此,可延長捲軸52的壽命。而且,即使在制動面902h抵接於圓盤內板52c的內輪52g的情況下,制動板900h中,制動面901h抵接於圓盤外板52b的內輪52g而發揮若干的制動效果。As a result, the position at the time of energization of the brake plate 900h shown in FIG. 20B is lower than the position at the time of energization of the brake plate 900h shown in FIG. 20A due to the wear of the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b. Therefore, in the brake plate 900h, the braking surface 902h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52, and the inner wheel 52g is mainly used for braking. Thereby, the life of the reel 52 can be extended. Further, even when the braking surface 902h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c, the braking surface 901h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the disk outer plate 52b in the brake plate 900h, and exerts a certain braking effect.

第21A圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89C的構造例的立體圖。第21B圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89C的構造例的正視圖。第21C圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89C的側視圖。第21A至21C圖所示的捲軸設置機構90B包括支持桿90a、推壓槓桿900b、側面板900c及旋轉軸90d。21A is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89C. Fig. 21B is a front view showing a configuration example of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89C. 21C is a side view of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89C. The reel setting mechanism 90B shown in FIGS. 21A to 21C includes a support lever 90a, a push lever 900b, a side panel 900c, and a rotation shaft 90d.

捲軸設置機構90B中,推壓槓桿900b做90°旋轉而設定成略水平狀態(捲軸設置待機狀態)。在側面板900c的既定位置上安裝有制動機構89C。該制動機構89C為第二制動機構的一例,同時與圓盤內板52c的內輪52g及圓盤外板52b的外輪52f抵接而控制捲軸52。制動機構89C由螺線管891a及制動板903h及904h構成。該螺線管891a為第三伸縮動作構件的一例,為推壓型(push)的螺線管。In the reel setting mechanism 90B, the pressing lever 900b is rotated at 90° to be set to a slightly horizontal state (reel setting standby state). A brake mechanism 89C is attached to a predetermined position of the side panel 900c. The brake mechanism 89C is an example of the second brake mechanism, and is in contact with the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c and the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b to control the spool 52. The brake mechanism 89C is composed of a solenoid 891a and brake plates 903h and 904h. The solenoid 891a is an example of a third telescopic operation member and is a push-type solenoid.

螺線管891a係相對於芯52a設置於略垂直方向,具有由控制部110以既定的時序控制通電或遮斷通電而伸縮動作的可動鐵芯(柱塞)891c。螺線管891a中,制動板903h及904h係安裝於該可動鐵芯891c。例如,制動板903h為第三制動板的一例,經由壓縮彈簧892b(彈性構件的一例)卡合而可滑動地設置。又,該制動板903h由拉伸彈簧891b而拉伸至螺線管本體側。制動板904h為第二制動板的一例,固定於可動鐵芯891c的略中央。該等制動板903h及904h係可滑動地安裝於側面板900c。由制動板904h及制動板903h對捲軸52的旋轉做制動。The solenoid 891a is provided in a slightly vertical direction with respect to the core 52a, and has a movable iron core (plunger) 891c that is controlled by the control unit 110 to perform energization or interrupting energization at a predetermined timing. In the solenoid 891a, the brake plates 903h and 904h are attached to the movable iron core 891c. For example, the brake plate 903h is an example of a third brake plate, and is slidably provided via a compression spring 892b (an example of an elastic member). Further, the brake plate 903h is stretched to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 891b. The brake plate 904h is an example of the second brake plate and is fixed to the center of the movable iron core 891c. The brake plates 903h and 904h are slidably attached to the side panel 900c. The rotation of the spool 52 is braked by the brake plate 904h and the brake plate 903h.

在此例中,該制動板903h及904h在兩個位置具有縱方向的長孔90s,該等長孔90s可上下移動地嵌入支持螺線管891a的臂90u上。又,制動板903h及904h藉由軌道90t而其兩側端被嵌插。如此,制動板903h及904h可滑動地安裝於側面板900c。In this example, the brake plates 903h and 904h have long holes 90s in the longitudinal direction at two positions, and the equal holes 90s are fitted into the arm 90u of the support solenoid 891a so as to be movable up and down. Further, the brake plates 903h and 904h are inserted at both side ends by the rail 90t. Thus, the brake plates 903h and 904h are slidably attached to the side panel 900c.

制動板904h係固定於可動鐵芯891c,制動板903h係卡合於可動鐵芯891c而由拉伸彈簧891b偏壓於螺線管本體側。藉此,制動板903h及904h對應於可動鐵芯891c的動作而上下移動。特別是制動板903h藉由選定各種壓縮彈簧892b的彈力,調整在該制動板903h側所產生的制動力與在制動板904h側產生的制動力。相對於在制動板904h上,隨著可動鐵芯891c伸長的荷重是直接傳遞,在制動板903h上,隨著可動鐵芯891c伸長的荷重是經由壓縮彈簧892b傳遞。The brake plate 904h is fixed to the movable iron core 891c, and the brake plate 903h is engaged with the movable iron core 891c, and is biased to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 891b. Thereby, the brake plates 903h and 904h move up and down in accordance with the movement of the movable iron core 891c. In particular, the brake plate 903h adjusts the braking force generated on the brake plate 903h side and the braking force generated on the brake plate 904h side by selecting the elastic force of the various compression springs 892b. With respect to the brake plate 904h, the load that is extended as the movable iron core 891c is directly transmitted, and the load that is extended with the movable iron core 891c on the brake plate 903h is transmitted via the compression spring 892b.

若捲軸52的形狀為芯52a的軸方向的長度變長,打包具13的捲繞量變多的情況下,具有以下的(1)至(3)的特徵。(1)捲軸52的制動力作用於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b及圓盤內板52c。(2)捲軸52的制動力從圓盤外板52b及圓盤內板52c經由該圓盤外板52b及圓盤內板52c與芯52a的接著部52h(參照第23C圖)而朝該芯52a作用。(3)打包具13由於捲繞於捲軸52的芯52a,因此在捲軸52中慣性(inertia)大的部分為打包具13捲繞的芯52a。由於具有以上的(1)至(3)的特徵,大直徑的圓盤外板52b及小直徑的圓盤內板52c雙方可進行平衡性佳的制動。When the shape of the spool 52 is such that the length of the core 52a in the axial direction is long, and the winding amount of the packing 13 is increased, the following features (1) to (3) are obtained. (1) The braking force of the spool 52 acts on the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52. (2) The braking force of the reel 52 is directed from the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c to the core via the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c and the rear portion 52h of the core 52a (see FIG. 23C). 52a role. (3) Since the packing 13 is wound around the core 52a of the spool 52, the portion of the spool 52 that is large in inertia is the core 52a around which the packing 13 is wound. Due to the above features (1) to (3), both of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b and the small-diameter disk inner plate 52c can be braked with good balance.

根據制動機構89C,制動板904h由可動鐵芯891c而直接制動。對此,制動板903h經由接受可動鐵芯891c之推壓力的壓縮彈簧892b的彈力而制動。藉此,藉由適當地選定該壓縮彈簧892b的彈力,使平均的制動力作用於第23C圖所示的圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的個別的接著部52h。According to the brake mechanism 89C, the brake plate 904h is directly braked by the movable iron core 891c. On the other hand, the brake plate 903h is braked by the elastic force of the compression spring 892b that receives the pressing force of the movable iron core 891c. Thereby, by appropriately selecting the elastic force of the compression spring 892b, the average braking force acts on the disk outer plate 52b shown in Fig. 23C and the individual rear portion 52h of the disk inner plate 52c.

即,若作用於第23C圖所示的圓盤外板52b的推壓力F1與從該推壓力F1的作用點至捲軸52的芯52a的距離L6的積以及作用於圓盤內板52c的推壓力F2與從該推壓力F2的作用點至捲軸52的芯52a的距離L7的積相合(F1×L6=F2×L7),則制動力平均地作用於圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的個別的接著部52h。藉此,可避免過大的制動力作用於圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c的個別的接著部52h的一邊。That is, the product of the pressing force F1 acting on the disk outer plate 52b shown in Fig. 23C and the distance L6 from the point of action of the pressing force F1 to the core 52a of the spool 52 and the pushing acting on the disk inner plate 52c. The pressure F2 coincides with the product of the distance L7 from the point of action of the pressing force F2 to the core 52a of the spool 52 (F1 × L6 = F2 × L7), and the braking force acts equally on the outer disk 52b and the inner disk of the disk Individual followers 52h of 52c. Thereby, excessive braking force can be prevented from acting on one side of the individual outer peripheral portion 52h of the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c.

制動板903h具有制動面905h。第22A圖所示的捲軸52的大直徑的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f抵接於該制動面905h上。又,制動板904h具有制動面906h。捲軸52的小直徑的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g抵接於該制動面906h上。The brake plate 903h has a braking surface 905h. The outer ring 52f of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 22A abuts on the braking surface 905h. Further, the brake plate 904h has a braking surface 906h. The inner ring 52g of the small-diameter disc inner plate 52c of the spool 52 abuts against the braking surface 906h.

接著,以捲軸52設置於具備制動機構89C的捲軸設置機構90B的一例做說明。第22A圖所示的捲軸設置機構90B在其支持桿90a插入捲軸52的芯52a之後,第21A圖所示的水平狀態的推壓槓桿900b做90°旋轉而設定成垂直狀態。Next, an example in which the reel 52 is provided in the reel setting mechanism 90B including the brake mechanism 89C will be described. The reel setting mechanism 90B shown in Fig. 22A is set to a vertical state after the support lever 90a is inserted into the core 52a of the reel 52, and the horizontal pressing lever 900b shown in Fig. 21A is rotated by 90°.

在第22A圖及第22B圖所示的制動機構89C上,通電被遮斷。此時,螺線管891a的可動鐵芯891c及制動板903h由拉伸彈簧891b而拉伸至螺線管本體,該可動鐵芯891c收縮。因此,制動板903h的制動面905h從捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f分離。又,制動板904h的制動面906h從捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g隔離。在此例中,制動面905h與外輪52f的距離與制動面906h與內輪52g的距離設定為相等。In the brake mechanism 89C shown in Figs. 22A and 22B, the energization is blocked. At this time, the movable iron core 891c of the solenoid 891a and the brake plate 903h are stretched to the solenoid main body by the tension spring 891b, and the movable iron core 891c is contracted. Therefore, the braking surface 905h of the brake plate 903h is separated from the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52. Further, the braking surface 906h of the brake plate 904h is isolated from the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52. In this example, the distance between the braking surface 905h and the outer ring 52f and the distance between the braking surface 906h and the inner wheel 52g are set to be equal.

第22A圖及第22B圖所示的捲軸52成為解除制動(free)的狀態。即,捲軸52中,其芯52a被安裝於支持桿90a而支持。然後,捲軸52的圓盤外板52b側藉由推壓槓桿900b而無法拔出,且捲軸52的圓盤內板52c側藉由側面板900c也無法拔出。The reel 52 shown in Figs. 22A and 22B is in a state of being released from braking. That is, in the spool 52, the core 52a is supported by being attached to the support rod 90a. Then, the side of the disk outer panel 52b of the spool 52 cannot be pulled out by pressing the lever 900b, and the side of the disk inner panel 52c of the spool 52 cannot be pulled out by the side panel 900c.

在該制動解除(通電遮斷)狀態下,捲軸52的打包具13從第1圖打包具搬運機構5A拉出。在打包具13從該打包具搬運機構5A拉出結束之同時,螺線管891a通電。此時,螺線管891a中,其可動鐵芯891c伸長,制動板903h抵接於捲軸52的外輪52f,制動板904h抵接於捲軸52的內輪52g而進行制動。藉此,在捲軸52的打包具13拉出後,該捲軸52由於慣性不會旋轉,可防止該打包具13的拉出線鬆弛。In the brake release (energization interruption) state, the package 13 of the spool 52 is pulled out from the package carrier transport mechanism 5A of Fig. 1. The solenoid 891a is energized while the packing 13 is being pulled out from the packing conveyance mechanism 5A. At this time, in the solenoid 891a, the movable iron core 891c is extended, the brake plate 903h abuts against the outer ring 52f of the spool 52, and the brake plate 904h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the spool 52 to perform braking. Thereby, after the packing 13 of the reel 52 is pulled out, the reel 52 does not rotate due to inertia, and the pull-out line of the packing 13 can be prevented from being slack.

接著,說明制動機構89C的動作例。第23A圖為捲軸52的使用初期階段的制動機構89C的動作例的正視圖。第23A圖所示的制動機構89C為第22B圖中螺線管891a通電的狀態。此時,螺線管891a的可動鐵芯891c壓出而伸長。藉此,制動板904h及903h下降。然後,制動面906h抵接於圓盤內板52c的內輪52g之同時,制動面905h抵接於圓盤外板52b的外輪52f而進行制動。Next, an operation example of the brake mechanism 89C will be described. Fig. 23A is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89C in the initial stage of use of the spool 52. The brake mechanism 89C shown in Fig. 23A is in a state in which the solenoid 891a in Fig. 22B is energized. At this time, the movable iron core 891c of the solenoid 891a is pushed out and elongated. Thereby, the brake plates 904h and 903h are lowered. Then, the braking surface 906h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c, and the braking surface 905h abuts against the outer wheel 52f of the disk outer plate 52b to perform braking.

第23B圖為捲軸52的使用後期階段中制動機構89C的動作例的正視圖。第23B圖所示的捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f由於抵接於制動面905h而使用於制動動作,因此會有若干磨損。同樣地,捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g也由於抵接於制動面906h而會有若干磨損。由於大略平均的制動荷重作用於外輪52f及內輪52g,該外輪52f及內輪52g產生平均的磨耗。Fig. 23B is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89C in the later stage of use of the spool 52. The outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 23B is used for the braking operation by abutting against the braking surface 905h, and thus there is some wear. Similarly, the inner ring 52g of the disc inner panel 52c of the spool 52 also wears a little due to abutment against the braking surface 906h. Since the roughly average brake load acts on the outer ring 52f and the inner ring 52g, the outer wheel 52f and the inner wheel 52g generate an average wear.

第24A圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89D的構造例的立體圖。第24B圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89D的正視圖。第24C圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89D的側視圖。第24A至第24C圖所示的捲軸設置機構90B具備支持桿90a、推壓槓桿900b、側面板900c以及旋轉軸90d。Fig. 24A is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89D. Fig. 24B is a front view of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89D. Fig. 24C is a side view of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89D. The reel setting mechanism 90B shown in FIGS. 24A to 24C is provided with a support lever 90a, a pressing lever 900b, a side panel 900c, and a rotating shaft 90d.

捲軸設置機構90B中,推壓槓桿900b旋轉90°而設定成略水平的狀態(捲軸設置待機狀態)。在側面板900c的既定位置上安裝有制動機構89D。該制動機構89D為第二制動機構的一例,由螺線管892a與893a以及制動板907h舉908h構成。該等螺線管892a及893a為推壓(push)型螺線管。螺線管892a為第五伸縮動作構件的一例,相對於芯52a而設置於略垂直方向,由控制部110以既定的時序控制通電或遮斷通電而伸縮動作。螺線管892a中,制動板907h係安裝於該可動鐵芯(柱塞)892c上。In the reel setting mechanism 90B, the pressing lever 900b is rotated by 90° to be set to a slightly horizontal state (reel setting standby state). A brake mechanism 89D is attached to a predetermined position of the side panel 900c. The brake mechanism 89D is an example of a second brake mechanism, and is constituted by solenoids 892a and 893a and a brake plate 907h. These solenoids 892a and 893a are push type solenoids. The solenoid 892a is an example of the fifth telescopic operation member, and is provided in a slightly vertical direction with respect to the core 52a, and the control unit 110 controls the energization or the interruption of the energization at a predetermined timing to expand and contract. In the solenoid 892a, the brake plate 907h is attached to the movable iron core (plunger) 892c.

例如,制動板907h為第五制動板的一例,藉由拉伸彈簧893b偏壓於螺線管本體側而安裝,制動板907h係可滑動地安裝於側面板900c。For example, the brake plate 907h is an example of a fifth brake plate, and is attached to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 893b, and the brake plate 907h is slidably attached to the side panel 900c.

又,螺線管893a為第四伸縮動作構件的一例,相對於芯52a設置於落垂直方向,由控制部110以既定的時序控制通電或遮斷通電而伸縮動作。螺線管893a中,制動板908h係安裝於該可動鐵芯893c上。例如制動板908h由拉伸彈簧894b偏壓於螺線管本體側而安裝。制動板908h為第四制動板的一例,可滑動地安裝於側面板900c。由制動板908h與制動板907h對捲軸52的旋轉做制動。Further, the solenoid 893a is an example of the fourth telescopic operation member, and is provided in the vertical direction with respect to the core 52a, and the control unit 110 controls the energization or the interruption of the energization at a predetermined timing to expand and contract. In the solenoid 893a, the brake plate 908h is attached to the movable iron core 893c. For example, the brake plate 908h is attached to the solenoid body side by the tension spring 894b. The brake plate 908h is an example of a fourth brake plate and is slidably attached to the side panel 900c. The rotation of the spool 52 is braked by the brake plate 908h and the brake plate 907h.

在此例中,該制動板907h及908h在兩個位置具有縱方向的長孔90s,該等長孔90s可上下移動地嵌合於支持螺線管892a及893a的臂90u上。又,制動板907h及908h藉由軌道使其兩側端被嵌插。如此制動板907h及908h可滑動地安裝於側面板900c。In this example, the brake plates 907h and 908h have long holes 90s in the longitudinal direction at two positions, and the equal holes 90s are fitted to the arms 90u of the support solenoids 892a and 893a so as to be movable up and down. Further, the brake plates 907h and 908h are inserted into the both ends by the rail. The brake plates 907h and 908h are slidably mounted to the side panel 900c.

如此,制動板907h對應於可動鐵芯892c而上下移動。又,制動板908h係對應於可動鐵芯892c的動作而上下移動。In this manner, the brake plate 907h moves up and down corresponding to the movable iron core 892c. Further, the brake plate 908h moves up and down in accordance with the operation of the movable iron core 892c.

在捲軸52的使用初期階段,打包具13大量地捲繞。因此,隨著打包動作,打包具13拉出而造成捲軸52旋轉時的慣性變大。因此,所需要的捲軸52的制動力也變大。藉此,在捲軸52的使用初期階段,使螺線管892a及893a的雙方做動而進行捲軸52的控制。At the initial stage of use of the spool 52, the packing device 13 is wound in a large amount. Therefore, with the packing action, the inertia of the reel 52 is increased as the packing 13 is pulled out. Therefore, the required braking force of the reel 52 also becomes large. Thereby, both the solenoids 892a and 893a are actuated to control the spool 52 at the initial stage of use of the spool 52.

又,在捲軸52的打包具13被消耗的使用後期階段,由打包具13的拉出而產生的捲軸52的旋轉時的慣性與捲軸52的使用初期階段相比較小。例如,打包具13的剩餘量大約是一半時,僅使螺線管892a或螺線管893a的其中之一(例如螺線管892a)做動而進行捲軸52的制動。Further, in the later stage of use in which the packing 13 of the reel 52 is consumed, the inertia at the time of rotation of the reel 52 caused by the pulling out of the packing 13 is smaller than the initial stage of use of the reel 52. For example, when the remaining amount of the packing device 13 is about half, only one of the solenoid 892a or the solenoid 893a (for example, the solenoid 892a) is actuated to brake the spool 52.

又,在捲軸2的打包具13消耗的使用最終階段,打包具13的拉出所造成捲軸52的旋轉時的慣性與捲軸52的使用後期階段相比較小。例如,打包具13的剩餘量為大約1/4時,例如僅螺線管893a做動而對捲軸52進行制動。即,考慮捲軸52的制動部分(外輪52f、內輪52g)的磨耗而使螺線管892a與螺線管893a交替使用。Further, in the final stage of use of the packing 13 consumed by the reel 2, the inertia at the time of the rotation of the reel 52 caused by the pulling out of the packing 13 is small as compared with the later stage of use of the reel 52. For example, when the remaining amount of the packing implement 13 is about 1/4, for example, only the solenoid 893a is actuated to brake the spool 52. That is, the solenoid 892a and the solenoid 893a are alternately used in consideration of the wear of the braking portion (the outer ring 52f, the inner wheel 52g) of the spool 52.

制動板907h具有制動面909h。第25A圖所示的捲軸52的大直徑的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f底接於該制動面909h上。又,制動板908h具備制動面910h。捲軸52的小直徑的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g抵接於該制動面90h。The brake plate 907h has a braking surface 909h. The outer ring 52f of the large-diameter disk outer plate 52b of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 25A is bottomed on the braking surface 909h. Further, the brake plate 908h is provided with a braking surface 910h. The inner ring 52g of the small-diameter disc inner plate 52c of the spool 52 abuts against the braking surface 90h.

接著,說明在具備制動機構89D的捲軸設置機構90B上設置捲軸52的一例。第25A圖為表示捲軸52的設置例的立體圖。第25A圖所示的捲軸設置機構90B中,捲軸52的芯52a安裝於其支持桿90a之後,第24A圖所示的水平狀態的推壓槓桿900b做90°旋轉而設定成略垂直的狀態。Next, an example in which the reel 52 is provided in the reel setting mechanism 90B including the brake mechanism 89D will be described. Fig. 25A is a perspective view showing an example of installation of the spool 52. In the reel setting mechanism 90B shown in Fig. 25A, the core 52a of the reel 52 is attached to the support rod 90a, and the horizontal pressing lever 900b shown in Fig. 24A is rotated by 90° to be set to a slightly vertical state.

第25A圖及第25B圖所示的制動機構89D的通電被遮斷。此時,一邊的螺線管892a的可動鐵芯892c及制動板907h藉由拉伸彈簧893b延伸至本體側,該可動鐵芯892c收縮。因此,制動板907h的制動面909h從捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f分離。又,另一邊的螺線管893a的可動鐵芯893c及制動板908h藉由拉伸彈簧894b而拉伸至螺線管本體側,該可動鐵芯893c收縮。因此,制動板908h的制動面910h從捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g分離。The energization of the brake mechanism 89D shown in Figs. 25A and 25B is blocked. At this time, the movable iron core 892c and the brake plate 907h of the solenoid 892a on one side extend to the main body side by the tension spring 893b, and the movable iron core 892c contracts. Therefore, the braking surface 909h of the brake plate 907h is separated from the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the spool 52. Further, the movable iron core 893c and the brake plate 908h of the other solenoid 893a are stretched to the solenoid main body side by the tension spring 894b, and the movable iron core 893c is contracted. Therefore, the braking surface 910h of the brake plate 908h is separated from the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52.

第25A圖及第25B圖所示的捲軸52為解除制動(free)的狀態。即捲軸52中,芯52a安裝於支持桿90a而支持。然後,捲軸52的圓盤外板52b側係藉由推壓槓桿900b而無法拔出,而且捲軸52的圓盤內板52c側藉由側面板900c而無法拔出。The reel 52 shown in Figs. 25A and 25B is in a state of being released from braking. That is, in the reel 52, the core 52a is attached to the support rod 90a to be supported. Then, the side of the disk outer panel 52b of the spool 52 is not pulled out by pressing the lever 900b, and the side of the disk inner panel 52c of the spool 52 cannot be pulled out by the side panel 900c.

在該解除制動(遮斷通電)的狀態下,捲軸52的打包具13從第1圖所示的打包具搬運機構5A拔出。打包具13從該打包具搬運機構5A拉出結束之同時,螺線管892a及893a兩者或螺線管892a及893a其中之一通電。當螺線管892a通電時,該可動鐵芯892c伸長而制動板907h抵接於捲軸52的外輪52f而進行制動。又,當螺線管893a通電時,該可動鐵芯893c伸長而制動板908h抵接於捲軸52的內輪52g而進行制動。藉此,在該打包具13拉出後,該捲軸52由於慣性而不會旋轉,因此可防止該打包具13的拉出現鬆弛。In the state where the brake is released (discharged), the package 13 of the spool 52 is pulled out from the packer transport mechanism 5A shown in Fig. 1 . The package 13 is energized from the end of the package transport mechanism 5A, and both of the solenoids 892a and 893a or one of the solenoids 892a and 893a are energized. When the solenoid 892a is energized, the movable iron core 892c is extended and the brake plate 907h abuts against the outer ring 52f of the spool 52 to perform braking. Further, when the solenoid 893a is energized, the movable iron core 893c is extended, and the brake plate 908h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the spool 52 to perform braking. Thereby, after the packing device 13 is pulled out, the reel 52 does not rotate due to inertia, so that the pulling of the packing device 13 can be prevented from being slack.

接著,說明制動機構89D的動作例。第26A圖為捲軸52的使用後其階段中制動機構89D的動作例的正視圖。第26A圖所示的制動機構89D為僅是第25B圖所示的螺線管892a為通電的狀態。此時,螺線管892a的可動鐵芯892c壓出而伸長。藉此,制動板907h下降。然後,制動面909h抵接於圓盤外板52b的外輪52f而制動。Next, an operation example of the brake mechanism 89D will be described. Fig. 26A is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89D in the stage after the use of the spool 52. The brake mechanism 89D shown in Fig. 26A is in a state in which only the solenoid 892a shown in Fig. 25B is energized. At this time, the movable iron core 892c of the solenoid 892a is pushed out and elongated. Thereby, the brake plate 907h is lowered. Then, the braking surface 909h abuts against the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b to be braked.

第26B圖為捲軸52的使用最終階段中的制動機構89D的動作例的正視圖。第26B所示的捲軸52的打包具13為第26A圖所示的捲軸52的打包具13消耗至某程度的狀態。此時,第26B圖所示的捲軸52的圓盤外板52b的外輪52f由於抵接於制動面909h而使用於制動動作,因此產生若干磨損。因此,使用捲軸52的圓盤內板52c的內輪52g而進行制動。例如,僅對螺線管893a通電。此時,螺線管893a的可動鐵芯893c壓出而伸長。藉此,制動板908h下降。然後,制動面910h抵接於圓盤內板52c的內輪52g而進行制動。而且,在捲軸52的使用初期階段,使螺線管892a以及893a的雙方接做動而進行捲軸52的制動。藉此,可延長捲軸52的壽命。又,可達到內輪52g與外輪52f的磨耗的平均化。Fig. 26B is a front view showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89D in the final stage of use of the spool 52. The packing device 13 of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 26B is in a state in which the packing device 13 of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 26A is consumed to some extent. At this time, the outer ring 52f of the disk outer plate 52b of the reel 52 shown in Fig. 26B is used for the braking operation by abutting against the braking surface 909h, so that some wear occurs. Therefore, the inner wheel 52g of the disk inner plate 52c of the spool 52 is used for braking. For example, only the solenoid 893a is energized. At this time, the movable iron core 893c of the solenoid 893a is pushed out and elongated. Thereby, the brake plate 908h is lowered. Then, the braking surface 910h abuts against the inner ring 52g of the disk inner plate 52c to perform braking. Further, at the initial stage of use of the spool 52, both of the solenoids 892a and 893a are actuated to brake the spool 52. Thereby, the life of the reel 52 can be extended. Moreover, the average wear of the inner ring 52g and the outer ring 52f can be achieved.

如此,根據本發明的打包機100,其具備捲軸52,捲軸52具有比圓盤內板52c還大型的圓盤外板52b,制動機構89B至89D係同時或交互地抵接於圓盤內板52c的內輪52g或圓盤外板52b的外輪52f而進行制動。Thus, the baler 100 according to the present invention is provided with a reel 52 having a disc outer panel 52b which is larger than the disc inner panel 52c, and the brake mechanisms 89B to 89D are simultaneously or alternately abutted against the disc inner panel. The inner wheel 52g of 52c or the outer wheel 52f of the outer disk 52b is braked.

因此,調整滑接於捲軸52的圓盤外板52b及圓盤內板52c的時序。又,由於使用圓盤外板52b與圓盤內板52c兩者,可產生制動動作的部分增加。藉此與滑接於習知的單片的導板的外周部而進行制動的方法相比,可提高制動力。但是,可抑制捲軸52的磨耗之同時,可抑制磨耗粉的產生與捲軸52的變形。Therefore, the timing of the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c which are slidably attached to the spool 52 are adjusted. Further, since both the disk outer plate 52b and the disk inner plate 52c are used, the portion where the braking operation can be generated is increased. Thereby, the braking force can be improved as compared with the method of braking by sliding the outer peripheral portion of the conventional one-piece guide. However, the abrasion of the spool 52 can be suppressed, and the generation of the abrasion powder and the deformation of the spool 52 can be suppressed.

而且,本發明除了打包機100之外,也適用於繞捆裝置的制動裝置。在此情況下,以例如捲軸設置機構90A、制動機構89A、捲軸52、打包具搬運機構5A以及控制部110的構造而實現。該繞捆裝置的制動裝置並不限於打包具,使用裝飾用帶或綑綁用帶等也可應用於打包處理以外的領域。Moreover, the present invention is applicable to the brake device of the winding device in addition to the baler 100. In this case, for example, the configuration of the reel setting mechanism 90A, the brake mechanism 89A, the reel 52, the packing conveyance mechanism 5A, and the control unit 110 is realized. The brake device of the winding device is not limited to a packing device, and a decorative tape or a binding tape or the like can be applied to fields other than the packaging process.

接著,參照第27圖及第28圖,說明標籤搬運機構4A的構造例及動作例。第27A、27B圖為標籤搬運機構4A的構造例的立體圖。第27A圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A具備卡匣40及標籤輸送部41。卡匣40為構成標籤收納部的一例,在該卡匣40中,標籤1A在堆積的狀態下收納有複數枚。該卡匣40從標籤輸送部41的後端側傾斜地插入而安裝於標籤輸送部41。Next, a configuration example and an operation example of the label transport mechanism 4A will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 and 28. 27A and 27B are perspective views showing a structural example of the label transport mechanism 4A. The label transport mechanism 4A shown in FIG. 27A includes a cassette 40 and a label transport unit 41. The cassette 40 is an example of a label storage unit. In the cassette 40, the label 1A is stored in a plurality of sheets in a stacked state. The cassette 40 is inserted obliquely from the rear end side of the label transport unit 41 and attached to the label transport unit 41.

標籤輸送部41具備標籤輸送滾子41a及標籤輸送馬達41b。在此例中,標籤輸送滾子41a係由滾子旋轉軸41d,二個滾子環41e被壓入滾子旋轉軸41d,相隔一間隔而固定。在該滾子旋轉軸41d的一端安裝有齒輪41c。滾子環41e的素材為例如橡膠元素。當然,只要是與標籤1A的摩擦力大的素材即可,橡膠以外的素材也可以。The label transport unit 41 includes a label transport roller 41a and a label transport motor 41b. In this example, the label transport roller 41a is driven by the roller rotating shaft 41d, and the two roller rings 41e are pressed into the roller rotating shaft 41d and fixed at intervals. A gear 41c is attached to one end of the roller rotating shaft 41d. The material of the roller ring 41e is, for example, a rubber element. Of course, as long as it is a material having a large friction with the label 1A, materials other than rubber may be used.

標籤輸送滾子41a在標籤輸送部41的底面前方,相對於收那於卡匣40的標籤1A的送出方向滾子旋轉軸41d垂直地可旋轉地被安裝。此時,壓入滾子旋轉軸41d的滾子環41e抵接於卡匣40最下部的標籤1A。The label transport roller 41a is vertically rotatably attached to the roller rotating shaft 41d in the feeding direction of the label 1A received by the cassette 40 in front of the bottom surface of the label transport unit 41. At this time, the roller ring 41e pressed into the roller rotating shaft 41d abuts against the label 1A at the lowermost portion of the cassette 40.

在標籤輸送部41的側面上安裝有標籤輸送馬達41b。標籤輸送滾子41a的齒輪41c嚙合於該標籤輸送馬達41b上。根據該構造,藉由標籤輸送馬達41b的旋轉,標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉而將收那於卡匣40的最下部的標籤1A一片片地送出。而且,標籤輸送馬達41b可用例如步進馬達。A label transport motor 41b is attached to the side surface of the label transport unit 41. The gear 41c of the label transport roller 41a is engaged with the label transport motor 41b. According to this configuration, the label transport roller 41a is rotated by the rotation of the label transport motor 41b, and the label 1A received at the lowermost portion of the cassette 40 is fed out one by one. Moreover, the label transport motor 41b can be, for example, a stepping motor.

又,標籤輸送部41具備標籤輸送導件42。該標籤輸送導件42有導引部的一例的功能,而導引從標籤輸送部41送來的標籤1A。標籤輸送導件42包括左右的導板42a、作動銷42b以及旋轉軸42d。左右的導板42a為構成第一及第二窗構件的一例,可開閉地安裝著。Further, the label transport unit 41 is provided with a label transport guide 42. The label transport guide 42 has a function as an example of a guide portion, and guides the label 1A sent from the label transport portion 41. The label transport guide 42 includes left and right guides 42a, an actuating pin 42b, and a rotating shaft 42d. The left and right guide plates 42a are an example of the first and second window members, and are openably and closably attached.

在此例中,導板42a具有延伸至外側的圓弧的彎曲形狀。該彎曲形狀的導板42a具有連桿42e、42f。連桿42e係設於導板42a的上部壁面,連桿42f在該連桿42e的一端具有既定的角度設置。旋轉軸42d安裝於連桿42e與連桿42f的結合部。In this example, the guide 42a has a curved shape of an arc extending to the outside. The curved guide 42a has links 42e, 42f. The link 42e is provided on the upper wall surface of the guide 42a, and the link 42f has a predetermined angle at one end of the link 42e. The rotating shaft 42d is attached to a joint portion of the link 42e and the link 42f.

又,在連桿42f的前端安裝有作動銷42b。又,在連桿42e安裝有拉伸彈簧用的銷42g,在該銷42g上安裝有拉伸彈簧42h(參照第28B圖)。該拉伸彈簧朝向左右的導板42a的連桿42e配合而拉伸。第27圖所示的導板42a為關閉的狀態。在該狀態下,導板42a將由標籤輸送部41所輸送的標籤1A沿著形成標籤搬運路徑I的彎曲形狀做導引。Further, an actuating pin 42b is attached to the distal end of the link 42f. Further, a pin 42g for a tension spring is attached to the link 42e, and a tension spring 42h is attached to the pin 42g (see Fig. 28B). The tension spring is stretched toward the link 42e of the right and left guide plates 42a. The guide 42a shown in Fig. 27 is in a closed state. In this state, the guide 42a guides the label 1A conveyed by the label transport unit 41 along the curved shape forming the label transport path I.

第27B圖所示的導板42a為開放狀態。為了使導板42a打開,作動銷42b朝第27B圖所示的箭號Q3的方向(與第7圖所示的箭號Q3相同方向)壓出。當作動銷42b朝箭號Q3的方向壓出時,左右的導板42a以旋轉軸42d為軸分離而移動。此時,左右的導板42a藉由拉伸彈簧42h的拉伸而接近。因此,當釋放朝箭號Q3的方向推壓的作動銷42b時,藉由拉伸彈簧42h的力使左右導板42a接近,而回到第27A圖所示的關閉狀態。如此,左右的導板42a做開閉。The guide 42a shown in Fig. 27B is in an open state. In order to open the guide 42a, the actuating pin 42b is pushed out in the direction of the arrow Q3 shown in Fig. 27B (in the same direction as the arrow Q3 shown in Fig. 7). When the movable pin 42b is pushed out in the direction of the arrow Q3, the left and right guide plates 42a are separated by the rotation shaft 42d as an axis. At this time, the left and right guide plates 42a are approached by the stretching of the tension spring 42h. Therefore, when the actuation pin 42b urged in the direction of the arrow Q3 is released, the left and right guides 42a are brought closer by the force of the tension spring 42h, and return to the closed state shown in Fig. 27A. Thus, the left and right guide plates 42a are opened and closed.

第28A、28B圖為標籤搬運機構4A搬運標籤1A的搬運例的立體圖。第28A圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A為將捲曲導件30配置於標籤1A上,該標籤1A係由第27B圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A的標籤輸送板42的導板42a使標籤1A的安裝部11A朝略垂直方向導引。FIGS. 28A and 28B are perspective views showing a transport example of the label transport mechanism 4A transporting the label 1A. The label transport mechanism 4A shown in Fig. 28A arranges the curl guide 30 on the label 1A which is made of the guide 42a of the label transporting plate 42 of the label transport mechanism 4A shown in Fig. 27B. The mounting portion 11A is guided in a slightly vertical direction.

在此例中,標籤1A的安裝部11A被導引於延伸於捲曲導件30的前方而安裝的標籤支持構件30e與捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b之間。即,設於標籤1A的安裝部11A的下方的凹部12m係配置於捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b的正面。In this example, the mounting portion 11A of the label 1A is guided between the label supporting member 30e that is attached to the front of the curling guide 30 and the label hanging portion 30b of the curling guide 30. In other words, the concave portion 12m provided below the attachment portion 11A of the label 1A is disposed on the front surface of the label hanging claw portion 30b of the curl guide 30.

在標籤1A的凹部12m配置於捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b的正面的狀態下,如第28圖所示,捲曲導件30滑動(前進)。藉此,標籤1A的凹部12m懸掛於捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b,而且標籤1A的安裝部11A被連接於標籤支持構件30e。又,藉由捲曲導件30前進,落入捲曲導件30的凹部30a的作動銷42b壓入之同時向上推,左右的導板42a旋轉而打開。藉此,保持於捲曲導件30的標籤1A通過左右的導板42a的開口部。如此,搬運由標籤輸送導件42的導板42a所導引的標籤1A。In a state where the concave portion 12m of the label 1A is disposed on the front surface of the label hanging claw portion 30b of the curling guide 30, as shown in Fig. 28, the curling guide 30 slides (advances). Thereby, the concave portion 12m of the label 1A is hung from the label hanging claw portion 30b of the curl guide 30, and the mounting portion 11A of the label 1A is connected to the label supporting member 30e. Further, by the advancement of the curling guide 30, the operating pin 42b that has fallen into the recess 30a of the curling guide 30 is pushed up while being pushed up, and the left and right guides 42a are rotated to open. Thereby, the label 1A held by the curl guide 30 passes through the opening of the left and right guides 42a. In this manner, the label 1A guided by the guide 42a of the label transporting guide 42 is carried.

第29圖為標籤夾持機構3A中的捲曲導件30的構造例的立體圖。第29圖所示的標籤夾持機構3A具有捲曲導件30。Fig. 29 is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the curl guide 30 in the label holding mechanism 3A. The label holding mechanism 3A shown in Fig. 29 has a curl guide 30.

捲曲導件30具有形成T字形的塊狀的本體部301,在本體部301的正面下部設有構成爪部的功能的一對標籤掛爪部30b,使形成於標籤1A的安裝部11A被鉤住。安裝部11A形成標籤1A的對位部。The curling guide 30 has a block-shaped main body portion 301 which is formed in a T shape, and a pair of label hanging claw portions 30b which function as claw portions are provided on the lower surface of the front surface of the main body portion 301, so that the mounting portion 11A formed on the label 1A is hooked. live. The mounting portion 11A forms an alignment portion of the tag 1A.

與此同時,捲曲導件30在本體部301的正面具有彎曲導引突起部30c,在彎曲導引突起部30c上設有槽狀的打包具通路303。在捲曲導件30的正面上部設有包覆狀的突起部30d,標籤1A的安裝部11A係嵌入標籤掛爪部30b與上部包覆狀的突起部30d之間。以捲曲導件30使打包具通路303與標籤1A的卡合孔11m自行整合性地對位。使打包具13從一邊的卡合孔11m朝另一邊的卡合孔11m通過。打包具通路303之正面側被開放。At the same time, the curling guide 30 has a curved guiding protrusion 30c on the front surface of the body portion 301, and a groove-shaped packing path 303 is provided in the curved guiding protrusion 30c. A cover-like projection 30d is provided on the upper surface of the front surface of the curl guide 30, and the attachment portion 11A of the label 1A is fitted between the label hanging claw portion 30b and the upper cover-like projection portion 30d. The wrapping guide passage 303 is self-aligned with the engaging hole 11m of the label 1A by the curl guide 30. The packing 13 is passed from the engaging hole 11m on one side to the engaging hole 11m on the other side. The front side of the packing path 303 is opened.

在從捲曲導件30的上部至打包具通路303的既定位置上設有構成標籤支持機構2A的標籤支持構件30e,標籤搬運時,支持標籤1A的上端。在標籤支持構件30e上使用構件本體加工成L字形的金屬或樹脂構件。在此例中,在捲曲導件30的前端上部設有標籤支持構件30e安裝用的凹部304,將標籤支持構件30e安裝於該凹部304,以銷302固定。標籤支持構件30e的L字形的部位係以朝向標籤進入方向的姿態安裝。這是為了阻止標籤1A在標籤支持構件30e的L字形部位的前端做旋轉。A label supporting member 30e constituting the label supporting mechanism 2A is provided at a predetermined position from the upper portion of the curl guide 30 to the packing path 303, and the upper end of the label 1A is supported during label transportation. A metal or resin member processed into an L-shape is used on the label supporting member 30e using the member body. In this example, a recess 304 for mounting the label supporting member 30e is provided on the upper end of the front end of the curl guide 30, and the label supporting member 30e is attached to the recess 304 and fixed by the pin 302. The L-shaped portion of the label supporting member 30e is attached in a posture toward the label entering direction. This is to prevent the label 1A from rotating at the front end of the L-shaped portion of the label supporting member 30e.

第30圖為標籤支持構件30安裝時的捲曲導件30的構造例的側視圖。Fig. 30 is a side view showing a configuration example of the curl guide 30 when the label supporting member 30 is mounted.

根據第30圖所示的捲曲導件30,在標籤支持構件30e中,構件本體形成L字形的角度為θ,餘裕角為α時,角度θ設定成θ=90°+α。藉由該捲曲導件30使該標籤1A再現性佳地被支持著。餘裕角α係用於使打包後的標籤1A容易從捲曲導件30拔出。餘裕角α設定成例如5°至45°。According to the curl guide 30 shown in Fig. 30, in the label supporting member 30e, the angle at which the member body forms the L-shape is θ, and when the margin angle is α, the angle θ is set to θ = 90° + α. The reproducibility of the label 1A is favorably supported by the curl guide 30. The margin angle α is used to easily pull the packaged label 1A out of the curl guide 30. The margin angle α is set to, for example, 5° to 45°.

第31圖及第32圖為捲曲導件30中的標籤支持構件30e的比較例的立體圖。31 and 32 are perspective views of a comparative example of the label supporting member 30e in the curl guide 30.

第31圖所示的捲曲導件30為安裝有標籤支持構件30e(具有標籤支持構件30e)的情況。此時,一對的標籤掛爪部30b與標籤支持構件30e以三點的方式保持標籤1A。如此,當構成標籤支持機構2A時,阻止標籤1A以標籤掛爪部30b為中心而旋轉。The curl guide 30 shown in Fig. 31 is a case where the label supporting member 30e (having the label supporting member 30e) is attached. At this time, the pair of label hanging claw portions 30b and the label supporting member 30e hold the label 1A at three points. As described above, when the label supporting mechanism 2A is configured, the blocking label 1A is rotated about the label hanging claw portion 30b.

對此,第32圖所示的捲曲導件30為拆下標籤支持構件30e(無標籤支持構件30e)的情況。即,鬆開第31圖所示的捲曲構件30的上部的小螺釘302而拆下,而將標籤支持構件30e從凹部304拆下。此時,確定標籤1A不易以標籤掛爪部30b為中心而旋轉落下。On the other hand, the curl guide 30 shown in Fig. 32 is a case where the label supporting member 30e (the label-free supporting member 30e) is removed. That is, the small screw 302 of the upper portion of the curling member 30 shown in Fig. 31 is loosened and removed, and the label supporting member 30e is detached from the concave portion 304. At this time, it is determined that the label 1A is not easily rotated and dropped around the label hanging claw portion 30b.

此為以捲曲導件30使標籤1A朝導板95的一邊搬運的情況,當捲曲導件30的掛爪部30b懸掛於第2圖所示的標籤1A的傾斜形狀的凹部12m(缺口部)時,標籤1A的後端部從夾持於第27圖所示的標籤輸送部41的標籤輸送滾子41a的狀態下,以捲曲導件30拉出。因此,標籤1A傾斜。結果標籤1A以捲曲導件30的一對標籤掛爪30b為中心旋轉,會產生標籤1A從捲曲導件30脫落的現象。In the case where the label 1A is conveyed to one side of the guide plate 95 by the curl guide 30, the claw portion 30b of the curl guide 30 is hung from the concave portion 12m (notch portion) of the inclined shape of the label 1A shown in Fig. 2 . When the rear end portion of the label 1A is conveyed by the label transport roller 41a of the label transport unit 41 shown in Fig. 27, the curl guide 30 is pulled out. Therefore, the label 1A is tilted. As a result, the label 1A rotates around the pair of label hanging claws 30b of the curling guide 30, which causes the label 1A to fall off from the curling guide 30.

在此例中,為了阻止此現象,標籤支持構件30e以L字形部位向下地安裝於標籤支持構件30e安裝用凹部304上,標籤支持構件30e安裝用凹部304係設於捲曲導件30的前端上部。In this example, in order to prevent this, the label supporting member 30e is attached downward to the label supporting member 30e mounting recess 304 in an L-shaped portion, and the label supporting member 30e mounting recess 304 is attached to the upper end of the curling guide 30. .

如此,根據打包機100,使用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m,11m而將帶狀的切斷後的打包具13’繞捲於袋14的折口,當該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,在捲曲導件30的前端上部具備標籤支持構件30e,可懸掛於標籤上部。Thus, according to the baler 100, the strip-shaped cut-away packing 13' is wound around the fold of the bag 14 using the two engaging holes 11m, 11m provided in the label 1A, when the label 1A is attached to the bag 14 At the time of folding, the label support member 30e is provided on the upper end of the front end of the curl guide 30, and can be hung on the upper portion of the label.

因此,可阻止標籤1A以標籤掛爪部30b為中心旋轉。藉此,與未安裝標籤支持構件30e的情況相比,可防止標籤由於旋轉而脫落。又,從一邊的標籤1A的卡合孔11m插入的打包具13再現性佳地從另一邊的卡合孔11m拉出。因此,標籤1A從打包後的標籤搬運機構4A平滑地拉出,可提供一種可靠度高的打包機100。Therefore, the label 1A can be prevented from rotating around the label hanging claw portion 30b. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the label from coming off due to the rotation as compared with the case where the label supporting member 30e is not attached. Moreover, the packaging tool 13 inserted from the engaging hole 11m of the one side label 1A is excellent in reproducibility from the other engaging hole 11m. Therefore, the label 1A is smoothly pulled out from the packaged label transport mechanism 4A, and a highly reliable baler 100 can be provided.

第33圖為標籤搬運機構4A中標籤支持構件42c的安裝例從下方觀看的立體圖。在該例中,標籤支持構件42c設於標籤搬運滾子41a的下游側而支持標籤的後端部。Fig. 33 is a perspective view showing a mounting example of the label supporting member 42c in the label transporting mechanism 4A as seen from below. In this example, the label supporting member 42c is provided on the downstream side of the label carrying roller 41a to support the rear end portion of the label.

第33圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A為具有標籤支持功能並將標籤1A朝標籤夾持機構3A傳送的元件。例如,標籤搬運機構4A具有標籤搬運路I及輸送滾子41a,通過標籤搬運路I將標籤1A朝標籤夾持機構3A傳送。The label transport mechanism 4A shown in Fig. 33 is an element having a label support function and transporting the label 1A toward the label holding mechanism 3A. For example, the label transport mechanism 4A has the label transport path I and the transport roller 41a, and the label 1A is transported to the label holding mechanism 3A via the label transport path I.

在標籤搬運機構4A上設有構成另一標籤支持機構2A的標籤支持構件42c,保持標籤1A的後端部。例如,標籤支持構件42c配置於從標籤搬運機構4A的導板42a的下部至標籤搬運路I的部位上。在此例中,從輸送滾子41a的外側迂迴的位置至標籤搬運路I的部位上配置有標籤支持構件42c。A label supporting member 42c constituting another label supporting mechanism 2A is provided on the label transport mechanism 4A, and the rear end portion of the label 1A is held. For example, the label supporting member 42c is disposed from a lower portion of the guide 42a of the label transport mechanism 4A to a portion of the label transport path I. In this example, the label supporting member 42c is disposed from the position of the outer side of the transport roller 41a to the position of the label transport path I.

在標籤支持構件42c上使用將本體構件加工成舌狀的金屬或樹脂構件。例如使用彎折構件,以具有既定厚度的細長板金折疊成直角山峰形而在構件本體上劃定第一彎曲部401,而且,從該部位延伸的部分具有圓形,而劃定折疊成山谷形的第二折曲部402。藉此,捲曲導件30到達導板95為止,可支持標籤1A的後端部。A metal or resin member that processes the body member into a tongue shape is used on the label supporting member 42c. For example, using a bent member, the elongated bent sheet having a predetermined thickness is folded into a right-angled mountain shape to define a first curved portion 401 on the member body, and a portion extending from the portion has a circular shape and is folded into a valley shape. The second bent portion 402. Thereby, the curl guide 30 reaches the guide 95 and supports the rear end portion of the label 1A.

第34圖及第35圖為標籤搬運機構4A及標籤支持機構3A的功能例(其一、二)的構造遷移圖。第36圖為補充其他尺寸的標籤1A的例子的立體圖。Figs. 34 and 35 are structural transition diagrams of the functional examples (the first and second) of the label transport mechanism 4A and the label support mechanism 3A. Fig. 36 is a perspective view showing an example of supplementing the label 1A of another size.

第34A圖為捲曲導件30的起始位置(home position)HP的待機例的導板部破斷的側視圖。在第34A圖中,捲曲導件30的起始位置HP,標籤搬運機構4A的導板42a為關閉的狀態,該捲曲導件30從導板95分離而朝最左側移動的狀態,即,在捲曲導件30的前端部關閉的狀態的導板42a的上部延長線上稱為待機位置。Fig. 34A is a side view showing the broken portion of the guide portion of the standby example of the home position HP of the curl guide 30. In Fig. 34A, the starting position HP of the curling guide 30, the guide 42a of the label transporting mechanism 4A is in a closed state, and the curling guide 30 is separated from the guide 95 and moved to the leftmost side, that is, in the state of The upper extension line of the guide 42a in a state where the front end portion of the curl guide 30 is closed is referred to as a standby position.

第34B圖為表示捲曲導件30的起始位置HP中的標籤裝填例的導板的一部份的斷裂側視圖。根據第34B圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A,捲曲導件30在起始位置HP為待機狀態,而裝填標籤1A。此時,標籤1A的前端部由捲曲導件30的標籤支持構件30e所支持。Fig. 34B is a broken side view showing a part of the guide of the label loading example in the home position HP of the curl guide 30. According to the label transport mechanism 4A shown in Fig. 34B, the curl guide 30 is in the standby state at the home position HP, and the label 1A is loaded. At this time, the front end portion of the label 1A is supported by the label supporting member 30e of the curl guide 30.

在此例中,收納於標籤搬運機構4A的卡匣40的標籤1A從標籤輸送滾子41a送出。對於由該標籤輸送滾子41a送出的標籤1A,捲曲導件30作動使第2圖所示的標籤1A的凹部12m滑動(前進)而懸掛於捲曲導件30前端部的標籤掛爪30b。In this example, the label 1A of the cassette 40 accommodated in the label transport mechanism 4A is sent out from the label transport roller 41a. In the label 1A sent by the label transport roller 41a, the curl guide 30 is actuated to slide (advance) the concave portion 12m of the label 1A shown in Fig. 2 and to hang the label hanging claw 30b at the front end portion of the curl guide 30.

此時,標籤1A由標籤輸送滾子41a完全地自卡匣40送出,標籤1A的資訊提示部10A的後端部由標籤支持構件42c支持。藉由該標籤支持構件42c,防止捲曲導件30前進時標籤1A的落下。At this time, the label 1A is completely fed from the cassette 40 by the label transport roller 41a, and the rear end portion of the information presenting portion 10A of the label 1A is supported by the label supporting member 42c. By the label supporting member 42c, the falling of the label 1A when the curl guide 30 advances is prevented.

第35A圖為標籤從捲曲導件30的起始位置HP搬運至打包具締結機構7A的導板95的例子的側視圖。根據第35圖所示的搬運機構4A,導板42a打開之同時,標籤夾持機構3A的捲曲導件30開始移動至右側,使標籤1A朝打包具締結機構7A的導板95移動(導引)。此時,標籤1A從標籤輸送滾子41a被取下後,由標籤支持構件42c支持標籤1A。在第35A圖中,II為捲曲導件30的移動方向。根據第35B圖所示的標籤支持機構3A,捲曲導件30成為抵接(到達)於導板95的狀態。此時,標籤1A的前端部由捲曲導件30的標籤支持構件30e及導板95所支持,以及標籤1A的後端部由標籤搬運機構4A的標籤支持構件42c傾斜地支持。從該到達時間點,藉由抵接於導板機構8A的前端的捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪30b與導板機構8A而保持標籤1A。Fig. 35A is a side view showing an example in which the label is transported from the initial position HP of the curl guide 30 to the guide 95 of the package contracting mechanism 7A. According to the transport mechanism 4A shown in Fig. 35, while the guide 42a is opened, the curl guide 30 of the label holding mechanism 3A starts moving to the right side, moving the label 1A toward the guide 95 of the packing and contracting mechanism 7A (guide ). At this time, after the label 1A is removed from the label transport roller 41a, the label 1A is supported by the label supporting member 42c. In Fig. 35A, II is the moving direction of the curl guide 30. According to the label supporting mechanism 3A shown in Fig. 35B, the curling guide 30 comes into a state of abutting (arriving) on the guide 95. At this time, the front end portion of the label 1A is supported by the label holding member 30e of the curl guide 30 and the guide 95, and the rear end portion of the label 1A is obliquely supported by the label supporting member 42c of the label transport mechanism 4A. From this arrival time point, the label 1A is held by the label hanging claw 30b of the curl guide 30 abutting on the leading end of the guide mechanism 8A and the guide mechanism 8A.

藉此,可防止標籤1A的脫落。之後,在藉由捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b與導板機構8A保持標籤1A的狀態下,藉由第1圖所示的打包具搬運機構5A,使打包具13朝標籤1A輸送。Thereby, the falling of the label 1A can be prevented. Thereafter, in a state in which the label 1A is held by the label hanging claw portion 30b of the curl guide 30 and the guide mechanism 8A, the packing device 13 is conveyed toward the label 1A by the packing device conveying mechanism 5A shown in Fig. 1 .

如此,藉由傾斜地保持標籤1A,由捲曲導件30使標籤1A不脫落而將標籤1A從標籤搬運機構4A拉出。因此,標籤1A的前端部由於由捲曲導件30的標籤支持構件30e及導板95所支持,可防止標籤1A從捲曲導件30脫落。Thus, by holding the label 1A obliquely, the label 1A is pulled out from the label transport mechanism 4A without the label 1A being detached by the curl guide 30. Therefore, the front end portion of the label 1A is prevented from being detached from the curl guide 30 by the label holding member 30e of the curl guide 30 and the guide 95.

而且,第36圖為補充長標籤1A’的搬運例的立體圖。捲曲導件30於第36圖所示的移動方向II上移動。根據第36圖所示的標籤夾持機構3A,長標籤1A’的長度比第33圖所示的標籤1A的長度(通常的長度)還長。此時,由於由標籤搬運機構4A的標籤支持構件42c支持長標籤1A’的後端部,比第33圖所示的一般長度還長的長標籤1A’在長標籤1A’完全地從標籤輸送滾子41a脫離時的反向移動可由標籤支持構件42c抑制,而防止長標籤1A’的脫落。Further, Fig. 36 is a perspective view showing a transport example of the supplementary long label 1A'. The curl guide 30 moves in the moving direction II shown in Fig. 36. According to the label holding mechanism 3A shown in Fig. 36, the length of the long label 1A' is longer than the length (normal length) of the label 1A shown in Fig. 33. At this time, since the label support member 42c of the label transport mechanism 4A supports the rear end portion of the long label 1A', the long label 1A' longer than the general length shown in Fig. 33 is completely transported from the label at the long label 1A'. The reverse movement when the roller 41a is disengaged can be suppressed by the label supporting member 42c, and the falling of the long label 1A' can be prevented.

如此,根據打包機100,在標籤搬運機構4A中具有標籤支持構件42c,標籤1A從該標籤搬運機構4A交接至標籤支持機構3A時,由標籤支持構件42c延遲標籤1A的後端開放時期。As described above, according to the baler 100, when the label transport mechanism 4A has the label support member 42c, and the label 1A is transferred from the label transport mechanism 4A to the label support mechanism 3A, the label support member 42c delays the rear end opening period of the label 1A.

因此,如第36圖所示,即使在操作比一般長度還長的長標籤1A’的情況下,與未安裝標籤支持構件42c的情況相比,可防止標籤交接失誤而脫落。藉此,標籤1A的長度變長或變短的情況下,標籤1A從標籤搬運機構4A再現性佳地交接至標籤支持機構3A,而提供高可靠度的打包機100。結果,標籤1A從標籤支持機構3A再現性佳地搬運至打包具締結機構7A。Therefore, as shown in Fig. 36, even when the long label 1A' longer than the normal length is operated, it is possible to prevent the label from being missed and falling off as compared with the case where the label supporting member 42c is not attached. Thereby, when the length of the label 1A becomes long or becomes short, the label 1A is reproducible from the label transport mechanism 4A to the label support mechanism 3A, and the baler 100 of high reliability is provided. As a result, the label 1A is conveyed from the label support mechanism 3A with good reproducibility to the package contracting mechanism 7A.

第37圖為打包機100的外觀構造例的上視圖。在此例中,設有從打包機100的打包口103至安裝空間部92b的導引用的空間區域(袋打包槽),可防止袋14的超出所造成的打包不良。第37圖所示的打包機100具有在本體底盤部92上方的中間底盤部92a、打包具成形機構實裝用的基板92i及上面板19。Fig. 37 is a top view showing an example of the appearance of the baler 100. In this example, a space area (bag packing groove) for guiding from the packing opening 103 of the baler 100 to the mounting space portion 92b is provided, and the packaging failure caused by the excess of the bag 14 can be prevented. The baler 100 shown in Fig. 37 has an intermediate chassis portion 92a above the body chassis portion 92, a substrate 92i for mounting the package forming mechanism, and an upper panel 19.

在此例中,在上面板19的大略中央附近的下部設定打包口103,在上面板19設有袋導入用的緣部901。藉由該緣部901與導板機構9A的導板95的前端傾斜部903形成三角形的空間領域。該三角形的空間領域在安裝袋子時,設計成袋子朝三角形的頂點插入。藉此,使導板95如快門般作動而實施袋安裝處理。In this example, the packing opening 103 is set in the lower portion near the center of the upper panel 19, and the edge portion 901 for bag introduction is provided in the upper panel 19. The edge portion 901 and the front end inclined portion 903 of the guide 95 of the guide mechanism 9A form a triangular space region. The space area of the triangle is designed to be inserted into the apex of the triangle when the bag is installed. Thereby, the guide plate 95 is actuated as a shutter to perform a bag mounting process.

而且,第37圖所示的緣部901的一端係連接於設於中間底盤92a的R形狀的袋子導入部902,緣部901的另一端係形成連接至導板8A的中間底盤92a的安裝空間部92b的前端部(參照第38圖)。Further, one end of the edge portion 901 shown in Fig. 37 is connected to the R-shaped bag introduction portion 902 provided in the intermediate chassis 92a, and the other end of the edge portion 901 forms an installation space of the intermediate chassis 92a connected to the guide plate 8A. The front end portion of the portion 92b (see Fig. 38).

第38圖為表示打包機100的內部構造的上視圖。第39A圖及第39B圖為導板95的構造例及其安裝例從裡面側觀看的立體圖。第38圖所示的打包機100為從中間底盤部92a拆下上面板19的狀態,其具有打包具締結機構7A、可動式的導板機構8A以及標籤夾持驅動機構9A。Fig. 38 is a top view showing the internal structure of the baler 100. 39A and 39B are perspective views of a configuration example of the guide 95 and a mounting example thereof as viewed from the back side. The baler 100 shown in Fig. 38 is in a state in which the upper panel 19 is detached from the intermediate chassis portion 92a, and has a packing device contracting mechanism 7A, a movable guide mechanism 8A, and a label holding drive mechanism 9A.

打包具締結機構7A係設於中間底盤92a,以通過標籤夾持機構3A的打包具通路303的打包具13安裝於袋14而動作。打包具締結機構7A具有形成被安裝物插入用的U字形的安裝空間92b。安裝空間部92b以中間底盤92a設於袋安裝側。在打包具締結機構7A設有構成旋轉軸的一例的扭轉臂70,通過標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m的切斷後的打包具13’扭轉而締結(參照第40圖)。The packing device contracting mechanism 7A is provided in the intermediate chassis 92a, and is attached to the bag 14 by the packing tool 13 of the packing device path 303 of the label holding mechanism 3A. The packing device contracting mechanism 7A has a U-shaped mounting space 92b for inserting the object to be mounted. The installation space portion 92b is provided on the bag mounting side with the intermediate chassis 92a. The wrapping device 7A is provided with a torsion arm 70 constituting an example of a rotating shaft, and is twisted by the cutting tool 13' after the cutting of the two engaging holes 11m of the tag 1A (see Fig. 40).

在打包具締結機構7A的下方,第39A圖所示的導板機構8A安裝於中間底盤部92a,標籤1A及袋14導引至安裝空間部92b而動作。在此例中,在中間底盤部92a的表面配設有一對軌道構件92g、92b,而構成導引構件的一例,第39圖所示的ㄈ字形的導板95可任意移動地組合而使用(參照第40圖)。Below the packing device contracting mechanism 7A, the guide mechanism 8A shown in Fig. 39A is attached to the intermediate chassis portion 92a, and the tag 1A and the bag 14 are guided to the mounting space portion 92b to operate. In this example, a pair of rail members 92g and 92b are disposed on the surface of the intermediate chassis portion 92a, and an example of the guide members is formed. The U-shaped guide plates 95 shown in Fig. 39 can be used arbitrarily in combination ( Refer to Figure 40).

導板95係經常偏壓於標籤夾持機構3A的側邊。導板95具有第39B圖所示的板本體部95a,由鐵板等的板金構件所形成。在板本體部95a上設有袋折口導引用的缺口部95b、開口部95c、開口部95d、彈簧安裝用的突起部95e。The guide plates 95 are often biased to the sides of the label holding mechanism 3A. The guide plate 95 has a plate main body portion 95a shown in Fig. 39B, and is formed of a sheet metal member such as an iron plate. The plate main body portion 95a is provided with a notch portion 95b for guiding the bag notch, an opening portion 95c, an opening portion 95d, and a projection portion 95e for spring attachment.

缺口部95b具有安裝空間部92b的寬度w以上的開口寬度W(W≧w)。該開口寬度W將袋14的折口從打包口103朝安裝空間部92b圓滑地導引。缺口部95b具有使安裝空間部92b的U字形的內部的長度延長而動作。在該例中,由於在安裝袋子時,從安裝空間部92b的前端部突出的缺口部95b的長度加入U字形的內部的長度,可確保從袋插入口(第37圖所示的三角形區域的頂點附近)至安裝空間部92b的長度(收束槽的深度)是足夠的。The notch portion 95b has an opening width W (W≧w) equal to or larger than the width w of the mounting space portion 92b. The opening width W smoothly guides the fold of the bag 14 from the packing opening 103 toward the mounting space portion 92b. The notch portion 95b has an operation of extending the length of the U-shaped inside of the mounting space portion 92b. In this example, when the bag is attached, the length of the notch portion 95b protruding from the front end portion of the mounting space portion 92b is added to the inner length of the U-shape, thereby securing the insertion from the bag (the triangular region shown in Fig. 37). The length to the mounting space portion 92b (near the vertex) is sufficient.

開口部95c為扭轉臂70的脫離用的矩形的孔部。開口部95d為導板95的鎖扣用的矩形的孔部。突起部95e為板本體部95a形成開口部95d時,切入該板本體部95a的必要部分,該部分為彎折加工的元件,具有彈簧安裝用的孔部904及905。在板本體部95a的後端部設有感應器標記突出部95f,在前端部設有位置限制用的突出部95g。The opening 95c is a rectangular hole for detaching the torsion arm 70. The opening portion 95d is a rectangular hole portion for locking the guide plate 95. When the opening portion 95d is formed in the plate main portion 95a, the projection portion 95e cuts in a necessary portion of the plate main portion 95a. This portion is a bent component and has hole portions 904 and 905 for spring mounting. An inductor mark projecting portion 95f is provided at a rear end portion of the plate main body portion 95a, and a protruding portion 95g for positional restriction is provided at the front end portion.

除此之外,在板本體部95a上設有元件脫離用的一對長孔906及長孔907、位置限制用的長孔908等。在此例中,長孔906為打包成形機構安裝用的基板92i固定於銷92e、92f的未圖示的基底構件交叉的開口部。長孔907為與扇形齒輪97a、97b交叉的開口部。長孔908為連結齒輪96a、96b的軸部交叉的開口部。In addition, the plate main body portion 95a is provided with a pair of long holes 906 for separating the elements, a long hole 907, a long hole 908 for position restriction, and the like. In this example, the long hole 906 is an opening portion in which the base member 92i to which the package forming mechanism is attached is fixed to the base members (not shown) of the pins 92e and 92f. The long hole 907 is an opening that intersects the sector gears 97a and 97b. The long hole 908 is an opening that connects the shaft portions of the gears 96a and 96b.

另一方面,在中間底盤部92a,設有與第39圖所示的與安裝空間部92b排列成直線狀的二個開口部92c及開口部92d。開口部92c為扭轉臂70的脫離用的孔部,開口部92d為導板95的移動限制用的孔部,中間底盤部92a的背面,在開口部92c的兩側安裝有銷92e及銷92f。銷92e及銷92f係由金屬桿構成。在銷92e及銷92f的端部設有固定穩定用的環槽(未圖示)。On the other hand, the intermediate chassis portion 92a is provided with two opening portions 92c and openings 92d which are linearly arranged with the mounting space portion 92b as shown in Fig. 39. The opening 92c is a hole for detaching the torsion arm 70, the opening 92d is a hole for restricting movement of the guide 95, and the back surface of the intermediate chassis 92a is provided with a pin 92e and a pin 92f on both sides of the opening 92c. . The pin 92e and the pin 92f are composed of a metal rod. A ring groove (not shown) for fixing and fixing is provided at the end of the pin 92e and the pin 92f.

在此例中,導板95,如第39A圖所示,在突起部95e嵌合於開口部92d的狀態下,突起部95e的孔部904與銷92e藉由彈簧82a連結,突起部95e的孔部905與銷92f藉由彈簧82b連結。藉此,得到導板機構8A。如此,當構成導板機構8A時,在以捲曲導件30與導板95保持標籤1A的姿態(狀態)下,將該標籤1A搬運至插入安裝空間部92b的袋14的折口。In this example, as shown in Fig. 39A, in the state in which the projection 95e is fitted into the opening 92d, the hole 904 of the projection 95e and the pin 92e are coupled by the spring 82a, and the projection 95e is The hole portion 905 and the pin 92f are coupled by a spring 82b. Thereby, the guide mechanism 8A is obtained. As described above, when the guide mechanism 8A is configured, the label 1A is conveyed to the folded position of the bag 14 inserted into the installation space portion 92b while the curl guide 30 and the guide 95 hold the label 1A.

在中間底盤部90a上除了導板機構8A之外,還具有標籤夾持驅動機構9A,在使標籤夾持機構3A接近或遠離導板機構8A的方向上移動,標籤夾持機構3A抵接於導板機構8A而推回而驅動。In addition to the guide mechanism 8A, the intermediate chassis portion 90a has a label holding drive mechanism 9A that moves in a direction in which the label holding mechanism 3A approaches or moves away from the guide mechanism 8A, and the label holding mechanism 3A abuts The guide mechanism 8A is pushed back and driven.

鎖扣機構81設於上述的導板機構8A(參照第40A圖)。第40A圖所示的鎖扣機構81包括設於打包具締結機構7A的扭轉臂70的半月形突緣狀(以下僅稱半月形)的凸輪板99以及設於導板機構8A的導板95的卡合用的開口部95d。在此例中,對應於凸輪板99的旋轉位置,半月狀部位成為懸掛於開口部95d。The lock mechanism 81 is provided in the above-described guide mechanism 8A (see FIG. 40A). The lock mechanism 81 shown in Fig. 40A includes a half-moon flange shape (hereinafter referred to as a half moon shape) provided on the torsion arm 70 of the package attachment mechanism 7A, and a guide plate 95 provided on the guide mechanism 8A. The opening portion 95d for the engagement. In this example, the half moon portion is suspended from the opening portion 95d in accordance with the rotational position of the cam plate 99.

例如,半月狀部位相對於開口部95d位於成為下弦形狀的位置的情況下,半月狀部位成為不懸掛於開口部95d的狀態。其位置關係成為不鎖扣導板95的狀態。相反地,導板99做180°的旋轉,半月狀部位移動至相對於開口部95d位於成為上弦形狀的位置的情況下,半月狀部位成為懸掛於開口部95d的狀態。其位置關係成為鎖扣導板95的狀態。For example, when the half moon-shaped portion is located at the position of the lower chord shape with respect to the opening portion 95d, the half moon-shaped portion is not suspended from the opening portion 95d. The positional relationship becomes a state in which the guide plate 95 is not locked. On the other hand, when the guide plate 99 is rotated by 180° and the half moon-shaped portion is moved to a position that is in the upper chord shape with respect to the opening 95d, the half moon-shaped portion is suspended from the opening 95d. The positional relationship becomes the state of the lock guide 95.

如此,當構成導板機構8A時,由凸輪版99鎖扣導板95,可防止打包之後導板95飛出。之後,藉由凸輪版99的旋轉而解除鎖扣。Thus, when the guide mechanism 8A is constructed, the guide plate 95 is locked by the cam plate 99, and the guide 95 can be prevented from flying out after being packaged. Thereafter, the lock is released by the rotation of the cam plate 99.

在此例中,成為檢測裝置的一例的導板用的導板趕測器107被安裝於第38圖所示的打包成行機構安裝用的基板92i的背面既定的位置上。例如,導板感測器107配置於第39A圖所示的導板95的感測器標記用的突出部95f通過該導板感測器107的狹縫的位置上(參照第40圖)。In this example, the guide evaluator 107 for the guide which is an example of the detecting device is attached to a predetermined position on the back surface of the substrate 92i for packaging the traveling mechanism shown in Fig. 38. For example, the guide sensor 107 is disposed at a position where the protrusion 95f for the sensor mark of the guide 95 shown in FIG. 39A passes through the slit of the guide sensor 107 (refer to FIG. 40).

在導板感測器107上係使用穿透型的光學感測器。導板感測器107對於打包具締結機構7A的半月形凸輪板99的導板95的開口部95d的位置做感測而輸出位置資訊。當設置如此的位置感測器107時,由於以形成控制裝置的功能的控制部11掌握導板95的位置,因此可控制導板延遲回復功能。A penetrating optical sensor is used on the guide sensor 107. The guide sensor 107 senses the position of the opening 95d of the guide 95 of the half-moon cam plate 99 of the packing and contracting mechanism 7A to output position information. When such a position sensor 107 is provided, since the position of the guide plate 95 is grasped by the control portion 11 that forms the function of the control device, the guide plate delay recovery function can be controlled.

例如,當導板95的開口部95d位於打包具締結機構7A的半月形凸輪板99的前方位置時,導板95由彈簧等偏壓而成為朝標籤夾持機構3A的方向飛出的狀態。當導板95的開口部95d位於打包具締結機構7A的凸輪板99的相同位置時,導板95被壓入標籤夾持機構3A,強過彈簧等的偏壓力,而拉入導板機構8A側的狀態。藉此,由導板95的位置確認袋14的折口是否適當地設置於安裝空間部92b。For example, when the opening 95d of the guide 95 is located in front of the half-moon cam plate 99 of the package attachment mechanism 7A, the guide 95 is biased by a spring or the like to fly out in the direction of the label holding mechanism 3A. When the opening portion 95d of the guide 95 is located at the same position of the cam plate 99 of the packing and contracting mechanism 7A, the guide 95 is pressed into the label holding mechanism 3A, stronger than the biasing force of the spring or the like, and pulled into the guide mechanism 8A. The state of the side. Thereby, it is confirmed by the position of the guide plate 95 whether the notch of the bag 14 is appropriately provided in the installation space portion 92b.

第38圖所示的打包機100包括控制部110,以打包具締結機構7A扭轉通過標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m的切斷後的打包具13’而締結的情況下,以與整數次大約1/2旋轉而扭轉切斷後的打包具13’而締結標籤1A,以其餘的1/2旋轉使打包具締結機構7A的凸輪99卡合於導板95的開口部95d而控制該打包具締結機構7A。例如整數次設定成2.5次、3.5次、4.5次,以整數次馬達ON,以0.5次馬達OFF。當具備如此的控制部110時,可實現導板延遲回復的功能。The baler 100 shown in Fig. 38 includes a control unit 110, which is engaged with the packaged device 13' after twisting the two engaging holes 11m of the label 1A by the packing mechanism 7A. 1/2 rotation to twist the cut package 13' to form the label 1A, and the remaining 1/2 rotation causes the cam 99 of the package attachment mechanism 7A to engage with the opening 95d of the guide 95 to control the package. Agency 7A. For example, the number of times is set to 2.5 times, 3.5 times, and 4.5 times in an integer number, and the motor is turned ON by an integer number of times, and is turned OFF by 0.5 times. When such a control unit 110 is provided, the function of delaying the return of the guide can be realized.

於此,所謂導板延遲回復功能為即使對袋14的打包處理結束,導板95的動作被鎖住,不移行至下一步驟而停留在該狀態,與藉由控制部110的解除鎖扣而導板95無該功能的情況相比,做延遲回復的動作。Here, the guide plate delay recovery function is such that the operation of the guide plate 95 is locked even after the packaging process for the bag 14 is completed, and the state is stopped in the next step without moving to the next step, and the unlocking by the control unit 110 is released. In the case where the guide 95 does not have this function, the action of delaying the reply is performed.

該導板延遲回復功能為打包後的袋14從安裝空間92b朝外部拔出的距離變短,袋14容易從安裝空間部92b取出至外部。如此,可由凸輪板99鎖扣導板95,可防止打包之後的導板95的飛出。之後,以凸輪板99的旋轉解除鎖扣。This guide delay return function is such that the distance that the packaged bag 14 is pulled out from the installation space 92b to the outside becomes short, and the bag 14 is easily taken out from the installation space portion 92b to the outside. Thus, the guide plate 95 can be locked by the cam plate 99, and the flying out of the guide plate 95 after the packing can be prevented. Thereafter, the lock is released by the rotation of the cam plate 99.

接著,針對標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的功能例子做說明。第40圖~第42圖為標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的功能例(其一~三)的上視圖。第40A圖為標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的待機時的位置關係例的上視圖。Next, a description will be given of a function example of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A. Fig. 40 to Fig. 42 are top views of functional examples (one to three) of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A. 40A is a top view showing an example of the positional relationship of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A during standby.

根據第40A圖所示的標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的待機時的位置關係,導板30的前端部與導板95的前端部之間設定(規定)相隔距離L1,導板95的位置限制用的突出部95g的後端部與軌道構件92h的前端部之間設定(規定)相隔距離L2。該相隔距離L2係由於導板95以第39A圖所示的彈簧82a、82b偏壓而產生。According to the positional relationship of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A shown in FIG. 40A, the front end portion of the guide plate 30 and the front end portion of the guide plate 95 are set (predetermined) by a distance L1, and the guide 95 is provided. The rear end portion of the position restricting portion 95g and the front end portion of the rail member 92h are set (predetermined) by a distance L2. This separation distance L2 is generated by the deflection of the guide plates 95 by the springs 82a, 82b shown in Fig. 39A.

在該構造中,當導板95推押至右側時,成為抵接於軌道構件92h的前端部而後退的狀態。即,導板95經常地由彈簧82a、82b偏押至前方側,成為推與拉入的狀態。在該標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的待機狀態中,標籤1A以導板30的標籤掛爪部30b而保持。此時,感測器標記用的突出部95f由於不橫切過導板感測器107的狹縫,例如將高位準(以下稱「H」位準)的位置檢測資料D6輸出至控制部110。In this configuration, when the guide plate 95 is pushed to the right side, it comes into a state of abutting against the front end portion of the rail member 92h and retreating. That is, the guide plate 95 is often biased to the front side by the springs 82a and 82b, and is pushed and pulled. In the standby state of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A, the label 1A is held by the label hanging claw portion 30b of the guide 30. At this time, the protrusion portion 95f for the sensor mark is output to the control portion 110 by, for example, a position detection data D6 of a high level (hereinafter referred to as "H" level) because the slit of the guide plate sensor 107 is not traversed. .

而且,當打包具締結機構7A的待機位置為凸輪板半月狀部位相對於開口部95d成為下弦形狀的位置時,半月狀部位成為未懸掛於開口部95d的狀態。該待機位置成為鎖扣導板95的狀態。When the standby position of the package attachment mechanism 7A is a position where the half moon-shaped portion of the cam plate has a lower chord shape with respect to the opening 95d, the half moon-shaped portion is not suspended from the opening 95d. This standby position becomes the state of the lock guide 95.

第40B圖為標籤夾持機構3A朝導板機構8A抵接時的位置關係例的上視圖。根據第40B圖的位置關係例,標籤夾持驅動機構9A使第40A圖所示的捲曲導件30從待機狀態進行至前期移動,移動相隔距離L1的狀態。在該前期移動中,該捲曲導件30的前端部經由標籤1A而成為抵接於導板95的前端部的狀態。即,成為導板95與捲曲導件30夾持標籤1A的狀態,可防止標籤1A的脫落。以後,在該狀態下,標籤1A朝安裝空間部92b移動。Fig. 40B is a top view showing an example of the positional relationship when the label holding mechanism 3A comes into contact with the guide plate mechanism 8A. According to the positional relationship example of Fig. 40B, the label holding drive mechanism 9A moves the curling guide 30 shown in Fig. 40A from the standby state to the previous stage, and moves the state separated by the distance L1. In the previous movement, the front end portion of the curl guide 30 is in a state of abutting against the front end portion of the guide plate 95 via the label 1A. In other words, the state in which the guide plate 95 and the curl guide 30 sandwich the label 1A can prevent the label 1A from coming off. Thereafter, in this state, the label 1A moves toward the mounting space portion 92b.

而且,在該抵接時間點,相隔距離L2無變化。導板95以第39A圖所示的彈簧82a、82b偏壓。又,由於導板感測器107也是突出部95f橫切,而輸出「H」位準的位置」檢測資料D6。該「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6顯示導板95為自由狀態。Moreover, at the abutment time point, there is no change in the distance L2. The guide plate 95 is biased by the springs 82a, 82b shown in Fig. 39A. Further, since the guide sensor 107 is also transversely cut by the protruding portion 95f, the position "" of the "H" position is output". The position detection data D6 of the "H" level indicates that the guide 95 is in a free state.

第41A圖為標籤夾持機構3A朝導板機構8A壓入時的位置關係例的上視圖。根據第41A圖的位置關係例,標籤夾持驅動機構9A從第40B圖所示的位置進行捲曲導件30的後期移動,而成為移動相隔距離L2的狀態。在此例中,以標籤掛爪部30b推壓導板95。在該後期移動中,該導件30的前端部抵接於導板95的前端部,導板95的突出部95g的後端部成為抵接於軌道構件92h的前端部的狀態。在該時間點,結束標籤1A朝安裝空間部92b的搬運。Fig. 41A is a top view showing an example of the positional relationship when the label holding mechanism 3A is pressed into the guide plate mechanism 8A. According to the positional relationship example of Fig. 41A, the label holding drive mechanism 9A performs the late movement of the curling guide 30 from the position shown in Fig. 40B, and is in a state of being separated by the distance L2. In this example, the guide 95 is pushed by the label hanging claw portion 30b. In this late movement, the front end portion of the guide 30 abuts against the front end portion of the guide 95, and the rear end portion of the protruding portion 95g of the guide 95 abuts against the front end portion of the rail member 92h. At this point of time, the conveyance of the label 1A toward the installation space portion 92b is completed.

此時,感測器標記用的突出部95f由於橫切過導板感測器107的狹縫而遮光,例如將低位準(以下稱為「L」位準)的位置檢測資料D6輸出至控制部110。之後,在控制部110以位置檢測資料D6觸發而驅動標籤夾持驅動機構9A,由打包具成行機構6A形成切斷後的打包具13’,由打包具締結機構7A的扭轉臂70以切斷後的打包具13’綑綁標籤13’。At this time, the protruding portion 95f for the sensor mark is shielded from light by the slit that crosses the guide plate sensor 107, and for example, the position detection data D6 of the low level (hereinafter referred to as "L" level) is output to the control. Part 110. Thereafter, the control unit 110 activates the label holding drive mechanism 9A by the position detection data D6, and the packaged packaging device 13A is formed by the packaging device forming mechanism 6A, and the torsion arm 70 of the packaging device contracting mechanism 7A is cut off. Packing 13' bundled label 13'.

第41B圖為打包機100中的打包結束時的導板機構8A的凸輪板99的位置關係例的上視圖。在結束處理完畢之同時,在第41B圖中,控制部110使鎖扣機構81動作。例如,在鎖扣機構81中,設於打包具締結機構7A的扭轉臂70的半月形的凸輪板99從待機狀態停止於旋轉180°後的位置。41B is a top view showing an example of the positional relationship of the cam plate 99 of the guide mechanism 8A at the end of packaging in the baler 100. At the same time as the completion of the processing, in the 41B, the control unit 110 operates the lock mechanism 81. For example, in the lock mechanism 81, the half-moon cam plate 99 provided in the torsion arm 70 of the package attachment mechanism 7A is stopped from the standby state at a position rotated by 180°.

藉由該旋轉,凸輪板99停止在卡合於設在導板95的凸輪卡合用的開口部95d的位置上。即,凸輪板99的半月狀部位相對於開口部95d成為上弦形狀的姿態而停止,凸輪板99卡合於開口部95d而鎖住朝向導板95前側的偏壓力。而且,導板感測器107由於以突出部95f遮光,輸出「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6。該「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6顯示鎖扣導板95的狀態。By this rotation, the cam plate 99 is stopped at a position where it is engaged with the opening portion 95d for engaging the cam of the guide 95. In other words, the half moon portion of the cam plate 99 stops in a posture in which the opening portion 95d is in a shape of a winding, and the cam plate 99 is engaged with the opening portion 95d to lock the biasing force toward the front side of the guide plate 95. Further, the guide sensor 107 outputs the position detection data D6 at the "L" level because the projection portion 95f is shielded from light. The position detection data D6 of the "L" position indicates the state of the lock guide 95.

第42圖為標籤夾持機構3A的回復時的導板機構8A中的凸輪板99的位置關係例的上視圖。控制部110使第42圖所示的鎖扣機構81動作,控制驅動標籤夾持驅動機構9A而使捲曲導件30回到待機位置。此時,即使捲曲導件30後退至待機位置,超過彈簧82a、82b的偏壓力,凸輪板99的半月狀部位卡合於開口部95d而意志導板95的歸位。Fig. 42 is a top view showing an example of the positional relationship of the cam plate 99 in the guide mechanism 8A at the time of return of the label holding mechanism 3A. The control unit 110 operates the lock mechanism 81 shown in Fig. 42 to control the drive of the label holding drive mechanism 9A to return the curl guide 30 to the standby position. At this time, even if the curling guide 30 retreats to the standby position, the half moon-shaped portion of the cam plate 99 is engaged with the opening portion 95d and the butt guide 95 is returned to position beyond the biasing force of the springs 82a and 82b.

在捲曲導件30後退之後,導板95由於以凸輪板99鎖扣而不會飛出。如此,在鎖扣導板95的狀態下,打包後的袋14容易取出。導板感測器107由於以突出部95f遮光,輸出「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6(鎖扣機構動作)。After the curl guide 30 is retracted, the guide 95 does not fly out due to the latching with the cam plate 99. Thus, in the state of the lock guide 95, the packaged bag 14 is easily taken out. The guide sensor 107 outputs a position detection data D6 of "L" position (the lock mechanism operates) by blocking the projection portion 95f.

如此,打包機100利用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m使帶狀的切斷後的打包具13’捆繞於袋14的折口,當該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,其具備具有缺口部95b的可動式導板機構8A,在標籤夾持機構3A與導板95保持標籤1A的狀態下,將該標籤1A搬運至插入安裝空間部92b的袋14的折口。In this manner, the baler 100 wraps the strip-shaped packaged article 13' around the hem of the bag 14 by the two engaging holes 11m provided in the label 1A, and when the label 1A is attached to the hem of the bag 14, The movable guide mechanism 8A having the notch portion 95b conveys the label 1A to the hem of the bag 14 inserted into the installation space portion 92b while the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide 95 hold the label 1A.

因此,防止標籤1A在標籤搬運途中脫落。而且,由於袋折口導引用的缺口部95b從安裝空間部92b延伸至外部,在標籤搬運前,確實地將袋14的折口插入安裝空間部92b。藉此,提供高可靠度的標籤安裝裝置等。Therefore, the label 1A is prevented from coming off during the label transport. Further, since the notch portion 95b for guiding the bag gusset extends from the installation space portion 92b to the outside, the hem of the bag 14 is surely inserted into the installation space portion 92b before the label is conveyed. Thereby, a highly reliable label mounting device or the like is provided.

第43圖為打包機100中的斷差通路構造例的上視圖。在此例中,使扭帶、細繩、鐵絲等打包具13穿過的通路以複數個構件形成的情況為例。第43圖所示的打包機100具備標籤夾持機構3A、打包具成形機構6A、標籤夾持驅動機構9A以及段差通路構造60。標籤夾持機構3A在捲曲導件30以虛線表示的位置上具有打包具通路303,使打包具13通過(參照第29圖)。Fig. 43 is a top view showing an example of the configuration of the stepping path in the baler 100. In this example, a case in which a passage through which the wrapping device 13 such as a twisted belt, a string, or a wire is passed is formed by a plurality of members is exemplified. The baler 100 shown in Fig. 43 includes a label holding mechanism 3A, a package forming mechanism 6A, a label holding drive mechanism 9A, and a step path structure 60. The label holding mechanism 3A has a packing path 303 at a position indicated by a broken line at the curl guide 30, and passes the packing 13 (refer to Fig. 29).

在此例中,具有打包具成形機構6A而,抵接於捲曲導件30的前端部,形成穿過打包具通路303的打包具13。打包具成形機構6A具有連通於上述的打包具通路303的打包具誘導路601、602之同時,具有近接臂61a(朝向打包具成形機構6A的左側)以及近接臂61b(同右側)。近接臂61a形成可旋轉的第一近接臂的功能,配置於打包具成形機構6A的左側,切斷後的打包具13’的終端從左側朝中央部靠近,而得到標籤夾持驅動機構9A的驅動力而動作。In this example, the package forming mechanism 6A is provided to abut against the front end portion of the curl guide 30 to form the packing 13 passing through the packing path 303. The package forming mechanism 6A has the package induction paths 601 and 602 that communicate with the above-described packing path 303, and has a proximal arm 61a (toward the left side of the package forming mechanism 6A) and a proximal arm 61b (same side). The proximal arm 61a functions as a rotatable first proximal arm, and is disposed on the left side of the package forming mechanism 6A. The terminal end of the cut package 13' is closed from the left side toward the center portion, and the drive of the label holding drive mechanism 9A is obtained. Force and action.

近接臂61b形成可旋轉的第二近接臂,配置於打包具成形機構6A的右側,切斷後的打包具13’的前端從右側向中央部靠近,而得到標籤夾持驅動機構9A的驅動力而動作。藉此,通過標籤1A的二個位置的卡合孔11m的打包具13’以近接臂61a、61b而靠近中央部而成型。The proximal arm 61b forms a rotatable second proximal arm disposed on the right side of the package forming mechanism 6A, and the front end of the cut package 13' is moved from the right side toward the central portion to obtain the driving force of the label holding drive mechanism 9A. action. Thereby, the packing 13' of the engaging hole 11m at the two positions of the label 1A is formed by approaching the center portion with the proximal arms 61a and 61b.

在此例中,在近接臂61a與捲曲導件30之間配置連接塊31a,將該打包具13導引至捲曲導件30的打包具通路303。在該近接臂61a及連接塊31a中,其為打包具13通過的部分,第一打包具誘導路601設定為誘導該打包具13的前端部的通路。In this example, a connecting block 31a is disposed between the proximal arm 61a and the curling guide 30, and the packing 13 is guided to the packing path 303 of the curling guide 30. In the proximal arm 61a and the connecting block 31a, which is a portion through which the packing 13 passes, the first packing guide path 601 is set to induce a passage of the front end portion of the packing 13.

又,在捲曲導件30與近接臂61b之間配置連接塊31b,從捲曲導件30的打包具通路303拔出(拉出)的打包具13導引至近接臂61b。在該連接塊31b及近接臂61b中,其為打包具13通過的部分,第二打包具誘導路601設定為誘導該打包具13的前端部的通路。由如此的打包具誘導路601、打包具通路303及打包具誘導路602形成打包具13的段差通路構造。Further, a connecting block 31b is disposed between the curl guide 30 and the proximal arm 61b, and the packing 13 pulled out (pushed out) from the packing path 303 of the curling guide 30 is guided to the proximal arm 61b. In the connecting block 31b and the proximal arm 61b, which is a portion through which the packing 13 passes, the second packing guide path 601 is set to induce a passage of the front end portion of the packing 13. Such a package inducing path 601, a packing path 303, and a package inducing path 602 form a stepped path structure of the packing 13.

而且,在打包具誘導路601、602的上游側,具有打包具搬運機構5A,由打包具通路303與打包具誘導路601、602導引打包具13通過在抵接於打包具成形機構6A的標籤夾持機構3A進行對位的的標籤1A的二個位置的卡合孔11m。Further, on the upstream side of the package induction paths 601, 602, there is a package carrying mechanism 5A, and the package guides 303 and the package guide paths 601, 602 guide the package 13 by abutting against the package forming mechanism 6A. The label holding mechanism 3A performs the engaging holes 11m at two positions of the aligned label 1A.

又,在打包具成行機構6A的左右近接臂61a、61b之間的空間,安裝有第40圖所說明的打包具締結機構7A以及第39圖所說明的導板機構8A。導板機構8A在以捲曲導件30與導板95保持標籤1A的狀態下,將標籤1A搬運至插入安裝空間部92b的袋14的折口。打包締結機構7A扭轉由打包具成形機構6A靠近中央部的切斷後的打包具13’而締結。Further, the bag-converting mechanism 7A described in Fig. 40 and the guide mechanism 8A described in Fig. 39 are attached to the space between the left and right proximal arms 61a and 61b of the packaging device rowing mechanism 6A. The guide plate mechanism 8A conveys the label 1A to the hem of the bag 14 inserted into the installation space portion 92b while the label 1A is held by the curl guide 30 and the guide 95. The packing and contracting mechanism 7A is twisted and twisted by the cut package 13' which is close to the center portion of the package forming mechanism 6A.

標籤夾持驅動機構9A除了打包具成行機構6A的驅動之外,使標籤夾持機構3A於相對於打包具成形機構6A接近或遠離的方向上移動,標籤夾持機構3A抵接於打包具成形機構6A,使打包具通路303與打包具誘導路601、602連通而動作。The label holding drive mechanism 9A moves the label holding mechanism 3A in a direction approaching or away from the package forming mechanism 6A in addition to the driving of the packing mechanism 6A, and the label holding mechanism 3A abuts on the package forming The mechanism 6A operates by causing the packing path 303 to communicate with the package induction paths 601 and 602.

第44圖為打包具成形機構中的段差通路構造例的一部份破斷的上視圖。第45~47圖為段差通路構造60中段差設定例的放大圖。Fig. 44 is a partially broken top view showing a configuration example of the step path in the package forming mechanism. Fig. 45 to Fig. 47 are enlarged views showing an example of the setting of the middle step of the stepped path structure 60.

根據第44圖所示的打包具成形機構6A的段差通路構造60,打包具誘導路601、602及打包具通路303於打包具13的進入方向中設定成上游側的導引面相對變高,下游側的導引面相對地變低。第44圖的虛線圓所示的段差部分Ia係設定於切割件62與近接臂61a之間,其放大圖係表示於第45圖。切割件62係設於帶傾斜件63(搬運通路)的下游側端部,切斷打包具13。According to the stepped path structure 60 of the package forming mechanism 6A shown in FIG. 44, the package guiding paths 601 and 602 and the packing path 303 are set such that the guiding surface on the upstream side is relatively high in the entering direction of the packing device 13, The guide surface on the downstream side is relatively low. The step portion Ia indicated by the broken line circle in Fig. 44 is set between the cutting member 62 and the proximal arm 61a, and an enlarged view thereof is shown in Fig. 45. The cutting member 62 is attached to the downstream end portion of the belt tilting member 63 (transporting passage), and cuts the packing device 13.

第44圖所示的段差部分IIb係設定成為近接臂61a與連接塊31a之間的連通連接部,以及連接塊31a與捲曲導件30的打包具通路303之間的連通連接部,其放大圖係表示於第46圖。第44圖所示的段差部分IIIc係設定成為捲曲導件31b的打包具通路303與連接塊31b之間的連通連接部與連接塊31b與近接臂61b之間的連通連接部,其放大圖係表示於第47圖。The step portion IIb shown in Fig. 44 is set as a communication connecting portion between the proximal arm 61a and the connecting block 31a, and a communication connecting portion between the connecting block 31a and the packing path 303 of the curling guide 30, and an enlarged view thereof It is shown in Figure 46. The step portion IIIc shown in Fig. 44 is set as a communication connecting portion between the packing path 303 and the connecting block 31b of the curling guide 31b and the connecting portion between the connecting block 31b and the proximal arm 61b, and the enlarged view thereof is shown. Expressed in Figure 47.

根據第45圖所示的段差部分Ia,切割件62的下游側的端部變高,近接臂61a的上游側的端部設定成比切割件62的下游側端部還低。在上游側的切割件62與下游側的近接臂61a之間設定第一段差ε1。According to the step portion Ia shown in Fig. 45, the end portion on the downstream side of the cutter 62 becomes high, and the end portion on the upstream side of the proximal arm 61a is set lower than the downstream end portion of the cutter 62. A first step ε1 is set between the cutting member 62 on the upstream side and the proximal arm 61a on the downstream side.

根據第46圖所示的段差部分IIb,近接臂61a的下游側的端部變高,連接塊31a的上游側的端部設定成比近接臂61a的下游側端部還低。在上游側的近接臂61a與下游側的連接塊31a之間設定第二段差ε2。According to the step portion IIb shown in Fig. 46, the end portion on the downstream side of the proximal arm 61a becomes higher, and the end portion on the upstream side of the connecting block 31a is set lower than the downstream end portion of the proximal arm 61a. The second step ε2 is set between the upstream side proximal arm 61a and the downstream side connecting block 31a.

而且,連接塊31a的下游側的端部變高,捲曲導件30的打包具通路303的上游側的端部設定成比連接塊31a的下游側端部還低。在連接塊31a與捲曲導件30的打包具通路303之間設定第三段差ε3。Further, the end portion on the downstream side of the connection block 31a becomes high, and the end portion on the upstream side of the packing path 303 of the curl guide 30 is set to be lower than the downstream end portion of the connection block 31a. A third step ε3 is set between the connecting block 31a and the packing path 303 of the curling guide 30.

根據第47圖所示的段差部分IIIc,近接臂61b的上游側的端部設定成比捲曲導件30的打包具通路303的下游側端部還低。在捲曲導件30的打包具通路303與近接臂61b之間設定第四段差ε4。According to the step portion IIIc shown in Fig. 47, the end portion on the upstream side of the proximal arm 61b is set lower than the downstream end portion of the packing path 303 of the crimping guide 30. A fourth step ε4 is set between the packing path 303 of the curl guide 30 and the proximal arm 61b.

又,連接塊31b的上游側的端部設定成比近接臂61b的下游側端部還低。在連接塊31b與近接臂51b之間設定第五段差ε5。如此,共計五個位置的段差ε1、ε2、ε3、ε4、ε5被設定。Moreover, the end portion on the upstream side of the connecting block 31b is set to be lower than the downstream end portion of the proximal arm 61b. A fifth step ε5 is set between the connecting block 31b and the proximal arm 51b. Thus, the step differences ε1, ε2, ε3, ε4, and ε5 of a total of five positions are set.

各段差ε1、ε2、ε3、ε4、ε5為相同值,例如設定大約1至2[mm],又關於各段差ε1、ε2、ε3、ε4、ε5,可求出個別的最適當值個別設定。而且,在段差部分Ia、IIb、IIIc個別設置調整機構,可分別調整段差ε1、ε2、ε3、ε4、ε5。Each of the step differences ε1, ε2, ε3, ε4, and ε5 has the same value, for example, about 1 to 2 [mm], and the individual optimum values are individually set for each of the step differences ε1, ε2, ε3, ε4, and ε5. Further, an adjustment mechanism is separately provided in the step portions Ia, IIb, and IIIc, and the step differences ε1, ε2, ε3, ε4, and ε5 can be adjusted, respectively.

第48圖為打包具13的穿透例的打包具成形機構6A的上視圖。根據第48圖所示的打包具成形機構6A,在其一側依次配置使切斷後的打包具13’靠近中央部的可旋轉的近接臂61a以及將該打包具導引至標籤夾持機構3A的連接塊31a,鄰接於連接塊31a而連通標籤夾持機構3A的捲曲導件30的打包具通路303,鄰接於打包具通路303而在打包具成形機構6A的另一側依次配置導引從打包具通路303拉出的打包具13的連接塊31b及使該打包具13靠近中央部的可旋轉的近接臂61b。Fig. 48 is a top view of the package forming mechanism 6A of the penetration example of the packing device 13. According to the package forming mechanism 6A shown in Fig. 48, the rotatable proximal arm 61a for bringing the cut package 13' closer to the center portion and the package to the label holding mechanism 3A are sequentially disposed on one side thereof. The connecting block 31a, which is adjacent to the connecting block 31a and communicates with the packing guide passage 303 of the curling guide 30 of the label holding mechanism 3A, is adjacent to the packing path 303 and is sequentially arranged on the other side of the packing forming mechanism 6A. The connecting block 31b of the packing 13 pulled out by the packing path 303 and the rotatable proximal arm 61b which brings the packing 13 close to the central portion.

在此例中,從帶傾斜件63插入的打包具13在打包具誘導通路601的段差部分Ia,通過在切割件62與近接臂61a之間所設定的段差ε1而移行至打包具誘導路601的段差部分IIb。In this example, the packing member 13 inserted from the belt tilting member 63 is moved to the packer induction path 601 by the step difference ε1 set between the cutter member 62 and the proximal arm 61a at the step portion Ia of the packer induction passage 601. The section of the section IIb.

在段差部分IIb,來自近接臂61a的打包具13通過設定於近接臂61a與連接塊31a之間的段差ε2及設定於連接塊31a與捲曲導件30的打包具通路303之間的段差ε3而移行至打包具誘導通路602的段差部分IIIc。In the step portion IIb, the packing 13 from the proximal arm 61a passes through the step ε2 set between the proximal arm 61a and the connecting block 31a and the step ε3 set between the connecting block 31a and the packing path 303 of the curling guide 30. The transition to the step portion IIIc of the packer induction path 602 is made.

在段差部分IIIc,從捲曲導件30的打包具通路303的下游側拔出的打包具13通過設定於該打包具通路303與近接臂61b之間的段差ε4以及設定於連接塊31b與近接臂61b之間的段差ε5而到達近接臂61b。然後,以設於帶傾斜件63的下游側的切割件62切斷打包具13。In the step portion IIIc, the packing 13 pulled out from the downstream side of the packing path 303 of the curling guide 30 passes through the step ε4 set between the packing path 303 and the proximal arm 61b and is set to the connecting block 31b and the proximal arm. The step ε5 between 61b reaches the approach arm 61b. Then, the packing 13 is cut by the cutting member 62 provided on the downstream side with the inclined member 63.

如此,以打包機100的段差通路構造,在打包具13的進入方向作為打包具誘導通路601、602及大包具通路303彼此的連通連接部,設定使上游側的導引面相對地變高,下游側的導引面相對地變低。在上述的例子中,任何其中之一的段差ε1、ε2、ε3、ε4、ε5設定成下游側比上游側低。In this way, in the stepped path structure of the baler 100, the entering direction of the packing device 13 is set as the connecting portion between the packing guide passages 601 and 602 and the large package passage 303, and the upstream leading surface is relatively raised. The guide surface on the downstream side is relatively low. In the above example, the step differences ε1, ε2, ε3, ε4, ε5 of any one of them are set such that the downstream side is lower than the upstream side.

因此,利用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m,11m而將帶狀的切斷後的打包具13’捆繞於袋14的折口,在該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口的情況下,由於可避免打包具13的前端抵接於打包具誘導路601、602的前端,即使不在打包具誘導路601、602上設置倒角等的導入構造,也可以使打包具13從打包具成形機構6A的打包具誘導路601順利地穿過捲曲導件30的打包具通路303。又,可使打包具13從打包具通路303順利地穿過打包具成形機構6A的打包具誘導路602。藉此,可防止打包具13的輸送不良。Therefore, the strip-shaped packaged goods 13' are bundled around the folds of the bag 14 by the two engagement holes 11m, 11m provided in the label 1A, and when the label 1A is attached to the fold of the bag 14, Since the front end of the packaging device 13 can be prevented from abutting on the front end of the package induction paths 601 and 602, the packaging device 13 can be made from the packaging tool forming mechanism even if the introduction structure of chamfering or the like is not provided on the package induction paths 601 and 602. The packer induction path 601 of 6A smoothly passes through the package path 303 of the curl guide 30. Further, the packing device 13 can be smoothly passed from the packing path 303 through the package induction path 602 of the package forming mechanism 6A. Thereby, the conveyance failure of the packaging tool 13 can be prevented.

第49圖為表示打包機100的控制系的構造例的方塊圖。第49圖所示的控制系具有控制部110及馬達驅動部141b、150i、170c、193。該控制部110由I/O介面111、RAM112、EEPROM113、CPU114及系統匯流排115所構成。而且,圖中的標籤輸送馬達41b及進接馬達93與第6圖及第7圖所示的為同一種。又,導板感測器107與第39圖~第42圖所示的相同。Fig. 49 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a control system of the baler 100. The control system shown in Fig. 49 has a control unit 110 and motor drive units 141b, 150i, 170c, and 193. The control unit 110 is composed of an I/O interface 111, a RAM 112, an EEPROM 113, a CPU 114, and a system bus bar 115. Further, the label transport motor 41b and the feed motor 93 in the drawing are the same as those shown in Figs. 6 and 7. Further, the guide sensor 107 is the same as that shown in Figs. 39 to 42.

控制部110的EEPROM(Eelctrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only memory)113係經由系統匯流排115連接於CPU(Central Processing Unit)114。在該EEPROM 113中,儲存著打包機100的控制程式。該控制程式檢測出袋14安裝於打包口103後,搬運標籤1A而送出打包具13,切斷穿過標籤1A的該打包具13而進行扭轉處理。The EEPROM (Eelctrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory) 113 of the control unit 110 is connected to the CPU (Central Processing Unit) 114 via the system bus bar 115. In the EEPROM 113, the control program of the baler 100 is stored. The control program detects that the bag 14 is attached to the packing port 103, transports the label 1A, and sends out the packing device 13, and cuts the packing 13 passing through the label 1A to perform the twisting process.

RAM(Random Acess memory)112係經由系統匯流排115連接於CPU 114。打包機100的電源啟動時,在RAM112中,從EEPROM113讀出的控制程式由CPU 114展開。A RAM (Random Acess memory) 112 is connected to the CPU 114 via the system bus 115. When the power of the baler 100 is started, the control program read from the EEPROM 113 in the RAM 112 is developed by the CPU 114.

CPU 114經由I/O介面111連接於操作部106,從操作部106輸入表示標籤1A的操作資料D1。CPU114根據該操作資料而調整(變更)標籤1A的送出量。The CPU 114 is connected to the operation unit 106 via the I/O interface 111, and the operation data D1 indicating the tag 1A is input from the operation unit 106. The CPU 114 adjusts (changes) the amount of delivery of the tag 1A based on the operation data.

又,導板感測器107經由I/O介面111連接於CPU 114,輸出以導板感測器107檢測出的位置檢測資料D6。位置感測資料D6為表示袋14安裝於打包口103的資訊。Further, the guide sensor 107 is connected to the CPU 114 via the I/O interface 111, and outputs the position detection data D6 detected by the guide sensor 107. The position sensing data D6 is information indicating that the bag 14 is attached to the packing port 103.

而且袋感測器108經由I/O介面連接於CPU 114。該袋感測器108藉由設置於打包口103附近的臂121’(參照第37圖)而檢測袋14是否配置於打包口103。CPU114輸入由該袋感測器108檢測出的袋檢測資料D7。Moreover, the bag sensor 108 is connected to the CPU 114 via an I/O interface. The bag sensor 108 detects whether or not the bag 14 is disposed in the packing port 103 by the arm 121' (refer to Fig. 37) provided in the vicinity of the packing opening 103. The CPU 114 inputs the bag detecting data D7 detected by the bag sensor 108.

標籤感測器109經由I/O介面111而連接於CPU114。標籤感測器109設於搬運機構4A的標籤搬運路I(參照第27B圖)。CPU114在搬運標籤1A時,從標籤感測器109輸入輸送標籤1A的搬運資料D8。在未輸送標籤1A的情況下,CPU114從標籤感測器109輸入表示未輸送標籤1A的搬運資料D8。CPU114根據該搬運資料D8將用於旋轉標籤輸送馬達41b的控制資料D2輸出至標籤搬運機構4A的馬達驅動部141b。The tag sensor 109 is connected to the CPU 114 via the I/O interface 111. The label sensor 109 is provided in the label transport path I of the transport mechanism 4A (see FIG. 27B). When the tag 1A is transported, the CPU 114 inputs the transport material D8 of the transport label 1A from the tag sensor 109. In the case where the label 1A is not transported, the CPU 114 inputs, from the label sensor 109, the conveyance data D8 indicating that the label 1A is not conveyed. The CPU 114 outputs the control data D2 for rotating the label transport motor 41b to the motor drive unit 141b of the label transport mechanism 4A based on the transport data D8.

CPU114輸入來自導板感測器107的位置檢測資料D6之後,將用於控制近接馬達93的控制資料D3輸出至標籤夾持驅動機構9A的馬達驅動部193。馬達驅動部193從該控制資料D3產生馬達控制訊號S3而輸出至進接馬達93。進接馬達93根據馬達控制訊號S3而旋轉,可滑動地螺合於第7圖所示的導螺軸94的作動板32經由齒輪93a、94a而於箭號Q2的方向滑動,使捲曲導件30從起始位置HP移動至結束位置P1。After the CPU 114 inputs the position detection material D6 from the guide sensor 107, the control data D3 for controlling the proximity motor 93 is output to the motor drive unit 193 of the label holding drive mechanism 9A. The motor drive unit 193 generates a motor control signal S3 from the control data D3 and outputs it to the feed motor 93. The feed motor 93 rotates in accordance with the motor control signal S3, and the actuation plate 32 slidably screwed to the guide screw shaft 94 shown in Fig. 7 slides in the direction of the arrow Q2 via the gears 93a, 94a, so that the curl guide 30 moves from the home position HP to the end position P1.

作動板32滑動之後,CPU114將用於控制打包具搬運機構5A的打包具輸送馬達50i的控制資料D4輸出至馬達驅動部150i。馬達驅動部150i從該控制資料D4產生馬達控制訊號S4而輸出至打包具輸送馬達50i。打包具輸送馬達50i根據馬達控制訊號S4使第7圖所示的打包具輸送滾子50a旋轉,打包具13從捲軸52拉出而送出至帶傾斜件63。After the actuation plate 32 slides, the CPU 114 outputs the control data D4 of the package conveyance motor 50i for controlling the package conveyance mechanism 5A to the motor drive unit 150i. The motor drive unit 150i generates a motor control signal S4 from the control data D4 and outputs it to the package conveyance motor 50i. The packer conveyance motor 50i rotates the packer transport roller 50a shown in Fig. 7 in accordance with the motor control signal S4, and the packer 13 is pulled out from the spool 52 and sent out to the belt tilting member 63.

此時,CPU114輸出上述控制資料D4之同時,將用於驅動制動機構89A的螺線管89a的控制資料D10輸出至螺線管驅動部894a。螺線管驅動部894a輸入驅動用控制資料D10而對螺線管89a通電。螺線管89a通電而使可動鐵芯89c收縮。藉此,如第17B圖所示,解除捲軸52的制動狀態。At this time, while the CPU 114 outputs the control data D4, the control data D10 for driving the solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89A is output to the solenoid drive unit 894a. The solenoid drive unit 894a receives the drive control data D10 to energize the solenoid 89a. The solenoid 89a is energized to contract the movable iron core 89c. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 17B, the braking state of the reel 52 is released.

又,CPU114在由上述打包具輸送滾子50a拉出打包具13結束時,將用於停止螺線管89a的控制資料D10輸出至螺線管驅動部894a。螺線管894a輸入停止用的控制資料D10而遮斷螺線管89a的通電。螺線管89a的通電被遮斷而由壓縮彈簧89b(參照第12B圖)的彈力使可動鐵芯89c深長。藉此,如第16B圖所示,制動力作用於捲軸52。而且,雖然僅對制動機構89A做說明,上述的制動機構89B至89D也是相同地控制。Further, when the packager 13 is pulled out by the package transport roller 50a, the CPU 114 outputs the control data D10 for stopping the solenoid 89a to the solenoid drive unit 894a. The solenoid 894a receives the control data D10 for stopping and blocks the energization of the solenoid 89a. The energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked, and the movable iron core 89c is made deep by the elastic force of the compression spring 89b (see Fig. 12B). Thereby, as shown in FIG. 16B, the braking force acts on the spool 52. Further, although only the brake mechanism 89A will be described, the above-described brake mechanisms 89B to 89D are also controlled in the same manner.

將打包具13送出至打包具成形機構6A的帶傾斜件63之後,CPU114再度將用於控制近接馬達93的控制資料D3輸出至馬達驅動部193。馬達驅動部193從該控制資料D3產生馬達控制訊號S3而輸出至進接馬達93。近接馬達93根據控制訊號S3旋轉,使第7圖所示的作動板32於箭號Q2的方向上滑動,藉由安裝於該作動板32的下端的滾子臂101,推壓連結滾子97,而對結合於該連結滾子97的切割件62及近接臂61a、61b做驅動。After the package 13 is sent out to the belt tilting member 63 of the package forming mechanism 6A, the CPU 114 again outputs the control data D3 for controlling the proximity motor 93 to the motor driving portion 193. The motor drive unit 193 generates a motor control signal S3 from the control data D3 and outputs it to the feed motor 93. The proximity motor 93 rotates according to the control signal S3, and the actuating plate 32 shown in FIG. 7 slides in the direction of the arrow Q2, and the link roller 97 is pressed by the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end of the actuating plate 32. The cutting member 62 and the proximal arms 61a, 61b coupled to the connecting roller 97 are driven.

CPU114驅動了切割件62及近接臂61a、61b之後,用於控制扭轉馬達70c的控制資料D5輸出至打包具締結機構7A的馬達驅動部170c。馬達驅動部170c從該控制資料D5產生馬達控制訊號S5,而輸出至扭轉馬達0c。扭轉馬達70c根據該馬達控制訊號S5而使第7圖所示的扭轉馬達70旋轉。After the CPU 114 drives the cutting member 62 and the proximal arms 61a, 61b, the control data D5 for controlling the torsion motor 70c is output to the motor driving portion 170c of the packing device contracting mechanism 7A. The motor drive unit 170c generates a motor control signal S5 from the control data D5 and outputs it to the torsion motor 0c. The torsion motor 70c rotates the torsion motor 70 shown in Fig. 7 based on the motor control signal S5.

在扭轉馬達70旋轉之後,CPU114將用於使近接馬達93反轉的控制資料D3輸出至馬達驅動部193。馬達驅動部193從該控制資料D3產生馬達控制訊號S3而輸出至進接馬達93。近接馬達93根據馬達控制訊號S3而使之反轉,第7圖所示的作動板32於與上述箭號Q2相反的箭號Q3的方向上滑動,捲曲導件30從打包位置P1回到起始位置HP。After the rotation of the torsion motor 70, the CPU 114 outputs the control data D3 for inverting the proximity motor 93 to the motor driving portion 193. The motor drive unit 193 generates a motor control signal S3 from the control data D3 and outputs it to the feed motor 93. The proximity motor 93 is reversed according to the motor control signal S3, and the actuating plate 32 shown in Fig. 7 slides in the direction of the arrow Q3 opposite to the above-mentioned arrow Q2, and the curl guide 30 is returned from the packing position P1. Starting position HP.

CPU114使捲曲導件30回到起使位置HP之後,將用於使標籤輸送馬達41b旋轉的控制資料D2輸出至馬達驅動部141b。在此例中,CPU114從操作部106輸入操作資料D1,根據該操作資料D1控制標籤1A的送出量。例如,當CPU114輸入表示標籤的全長增長的操作資料D1時,將標籤的送出量變多(長標籤用)控制資料D2輸出至馬達驅動部141b。After the CPU 114 returns the curl guide 30 to the lift position HP, the control data D2 for rotating the label transport motor 41b is output to the motor drive portion 141b. In this example, the CPU 114 inputs the operation data D1 from the operation unit 106, and controls the amount of delivery of the label 1A based on the operation data D1. For example, when the CPU 114 inputs the operation data D1 indicating that the total length of the tag has increased, the control unit D2 that increases the amount of delivery of the tag (for the long tag) is output to the motor drive unit 141b.

又,CPU114在輸入表示標籤全長變短的操作資料D1的情況下,將標籤的送出量變少(一般的標籤1A用)的控制資料D2輸出至馬達驅動部141b。馬達驅動部141b從該控制資料D2產生馬達控制訊號S2而輸出至標籤輸送馬達41b。標籤輸送馬達41b係根據馬達控制訊號S2旋轉,使第27A圖所示的標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉,而將收納於卡匣40的最下部的標籤1A一片片地送出。In addition, when the operation data D1 indicating that the total length of the label is short is input, the CPU 114 outputs the control data D2 of the label (the general label 1A) to the motor drive unit 141b. The motor drive unit 141b generates a motor control signal S2 from the control data D2 and outputs it to the label conveyance motor 41b. The label transport motor 41b rotates according to the motor control signal S2, and rotates the label transport roller 41a shown in FIG. 27A, and the label 1A stored in the lowermost portion of the cassette 40 is fed out one by one.

在此例中,藉由長標籤用的控制資料D2與一般的標籤1A用的控制資料D2不同,在長標籤用的控制資料D2的情況下,在打包具13的搬運後,使標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉而將卡匣40中剩餘的長標籤1A’的資訊提示部10C的後端部送出。藉此,配合標籤的全長而將該標籤完全地送出。將標籤1A一片片送出後,CPU1144成為等待將袋感測器108所檢測的袋檢測資料D7輸入的狀態。In this example, the control data D2 for the long label is different from the control data D2 for the general label 1A, and in the case of the control data D2 for the long label, after the conveyance of the package 13, the label is conveyed. The sub-41a rotates to send the rear end portion of the information presentation unit 10C of the long label 1A' remaining in the cassette 40. Thereby, the label is completely delivered in accordance with the entire length of the label. When the label 1A is sent out in one piece, the CPU 1144 waits for the bag detection data D7 detected by the bag sensor 108 to be input.

而且,除了從操作部106輸入操作資料D1控制標籤的輸出量的方法之外,即時地檢測出標籤1A而控制標籤1A的送出量的方法。例如,在檢測出判別標籤1A的全長的部分(從卡匣40的後端部飛出的標籤)的位置上設置未圖示的反射型的標籤全長感測器116,檢測出由標籤搬運機構4A搬運的標籤1A的全長。Further, in addition to the method of inputting the output amount of the operation data by the operation data D1 from the operation unit 106, the method of detecting the label 1A and controlling the amount of the label 1A is detected. For example, a reflection type full-length sensor 116 (not shown) is provided at a position where the entire length of the discrimination label 1A (a label flying from the rear end portion of the cassette 40) is detected, and the label transport mechanism is detected. The total length of the label 1A carried by 4A.

此時,標籤全長感測器116檢測出比標籤1A還長的長標籤1A’的長度。CPU114從該標籤全長感測器116輸入檢測資料D9,根據該檢測資料D9判別標籤輸送馬達41b的標籤送出量(轉數),根據判別結果控制標籤輸送馬達41b的標籤輸送量。At this time, the tag full length sensor 116 detects the length of the long tag 1A' longer than the tag 1A. The CPU 114 inputs the detection data D9 from the tag full-length sensor 116, determines the label delivery amount (number of rotations) of the label conveyance motor 41b based on the detection data D9, and controls the label conveyance amount of the label conveyance motor 41b based on the determination result.

例如,當標籤全長感測器116檢測出該標籤1A等的後端部時,該標籤1A等的全長變長時(檢測出比標籤1A還長的長標籤1A’的長度),表示比標籤1A的全長還長的檢測資料D9輸出至CPU114,標籤1A的全長變短時,顯示標籤全長變短的檢測資料D9。For example, when the tag full-length sensor 116 detects the rear end portion of the tag 1A or the like, when the total length of the tag 1A or the like becomes long (detects the length of the long tag 1A' longer than the tag 1A), the ratio tag is displayed. The detection data D9 of the long length of 1A is output to the CPU 114, and when the total length of the tag 1A is shortened, the detection data D9 whose total length of the tag is shortened is displayed.

當CPU 114輸入表示標籤的全長變長時的檢測資料D9時,將標籤的送出量便多的控制資料D2(比標籤1A還長的長標籤用)輸出至馬達驅動部141b。藉此,即時地檢測出標籤全長而控制標籤送出量。When the CPU 114 inputs the detection data D9 indicating that the total length of the label is long, the control data D2 (for the long label longer than the label 1A), which has a large amount of the label, is output to the motor driving unit 141b. Thereby, the total length of the label is detected instantaneously and the amount of label delivery is controlled.

即使是此例,由於長標籤用的控制資料D2與一般的標籤1A用的控制資料D2不同,在長標籤用的控制資料D2的情況下,在打包具13的搬運後,使標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉,控制而送出殘留在卡匣40中的長標籤1A’的資訊提示部10C的後端部。藉此,可配合標籤的的全長而完全地送出該標籤。Even in this case, since the control data D2 for the long label is different from the control data D2 for the general label 1A, in the case of the control data D2 for the long label, after the conveyance of the packaging member 13, the label conveying roller is caused. The 41a is rotated and controlled to send the rear end portion of the information presentation portion 10C of the long label 1A' remaining in the cassette 40. Thereby, the label can be completely dispensed with the entire length of the label.

在上述的二個例子中,一片片地送出標籤1A之後,可從導板感測器107得到的表示有無安裝袋14的位置檢測資料D6輸入於CPU114。之後,CPU114成為等待從操作部106輸入操作資料D1的狀態。如此,由保存於EEPROM13的控制程式控制打包機100。In the above two examples, after the label 1A is fed one by one, the position detection data D6 indicating the presence or absence of the mounting pocket 14 which can be obtained from the guide sensor 107 is input to the CPU 114. Thereafter, the CPU 114 waits for the state in which the operation data D1 is input from the operation unit 106. Thus, the baler 100 is controlled by the control program stored in the EEPROM 13.

於此,對打包機100的電源做說明。打包機100的電源例如具有連接於AC100V而可使用的電源電路20。AC開關連接於AC電源(100V)與電源回路20之間,在使用時,AC電源為ON。電源回路20具有未圖示的電源變換功能,例如從AC電源轉換成馬達驅動用的主要電源(例如DC12V)與驅動控制部110的低電壓用的DC電源(DC5V)。於此,打包機100的主要電源為供給驅動電壓至標籤搬運機構4A的馬達驅動部141b、打包具搬運機構5A的馬達驅動部150i、打包具締結機構7A的馬達驅動部170c及標籤夾持驅動機構9A的馬達93。Here, the power supply of the baler 100 will be described. The power source of the baler 100 has, for example, a power supply circuit 20 that can be used by being connected to AC 100V. The AC switch is connected between the AC power source (100V) and the power supply circuit 20, and the AC power source is ON when in use. The power supply circuit 20 has a power conversion function (not shown), for example, a conversion from an AC power source to a main power source for driving the motor (for example, DC 12 V) and a DC power source (DC 5 V) for driving the control unit 110. Here, the main power source of the baler 100 is the motor drive unit 141b that supplies the drive voltage to the label transport mechanism 4A, the motor drive unit 150i of the package transport mechanism 5A, the motor drive unit 170c of the package contracting mechanism 7A, and the label clamping drive. Motor 93 of mechanism 9A.

在此例中,主開關120(繼電開關等)連接於電源電路20與馬達驅動部141b之間,而且經由袋感測器開關121(繼電開關等)馬達驅動部150i、馬達驅動部170c及馬達93連接於主開關120的負載側。藉由主開關120為ON,驅動電壓被供給至馬達驅動部141b,藉由袋感測器開關121為ON,驅動電壓供給至馬達驅動部150i、馬達驅動部170c以及馬達93。In this example, the main switch 120 (such as a relay switch) is connected between the power supply circuit 20 and the motor drive unit 141b, and via the bag sensor switch 121 (such as a relay switch), the motor drive unit 150i and the motor drive unit 170c. The motor 93 is connected to the load side of the main switch 120. When the main switch 120 is turned ON, the drive voltage is supplied to the motor drive unit 141b, and the bag sensor switch 121 is turned ON, and the drive voltage is supplied to the motor drive unit 150i, the motor drive unit 170c, and the motor 93.

主開關120根據從操作部106輸入的操作資料D1,例如顯示D1=「開始打包」的資訊而使CPU114為ON。袋感測器開關121根據袋感測器108顯示袋檢測資料D7,例如D7=「有袋」的資訊而使CPU114為ON。採用如此的雙重電源供給對策,在操作時考慮到對於使用者的安全。The main switch 120 turns on the CPU 114 based on the operation data D1 input from the operation unit 106, for example, information indicating that D1 = "start packing". The bag sensor switch 121 causes the CPU 114 to be turned on based on the bag sensor 108 displaying the bag detecting data D7, for example, D7 = "bagged" information. With such a dual power supply countermeasure, safety for the user is taken into consideration during operation.

接著,參照第50圖~第58圖之同時,依序說明打包處理的一連串的動作例。第50圖及第51圖為表示打包機100的動作例(其一、二)的流程圖。第52圖~第58圖為補充標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的標籤搬運時的動作例的立體圖。Next, a series of operation examples of the packing process will be described in sequence while referring to FIGS. 50 to 58. Fig. 50 and Fig. 51 are flowcharts showing an operation example (the first and second) of the baler 100. Fig. 52 to Fig. 58 are perspective views showing an operation example of the label carrying mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A when the label is conveyed.

在該實施例中,打包機100的AC開關201為ON,保存於第49圖所示的控制部110的EEPROM113的控制程式從CPU114讀出而在RAM112中展開,設定於省電力模式。所謂省電力模式係指第49圖所示的主開關120及袋感測器開關121為OFF,驅動電壓不供給至馬達驅動部141b、150i、170c、193,低電壓用的電源供給至控制部110的狀態。In this embodiment, the AC switch 201 of the baler 100 is turned ON, and the control program stored in the EEPROM 113 of the control unit 110 shown in Fig. 49 is read from the CPU 114 and developed in the RAM 112, and is set in the power saving mode. The power-saving mode means that the main switch 120 and the bag sensor switch 121 shown in Fig. 49 are OFF, the drive voltage is not supplied to the motor drive units 141b, 150i, 170c, and 193, and the power supply for the low voltage is supplied to the control unit. The state of 110.

又,捆繞於捲軸52的打包具13的前端設定於第7圖所示的切割件62的位置。而且,在標籤搬運機構4A的卡匣40上堆積收納有標籤1A或長標籤1A’。打包機100的狀態為捆繞於捲軸52的打包具13的前端設定於第7圖所示的切割件6的位置上。又,在標籤搬運機構4A的卡匣40上堆積收納有標籤1A,操作部106切換標籤1A。Further, the front end of the packing 13 bundled around the spool 52 is set at the position of the cutting member 62 shown in Fig. 7. Further, the label 1A or the long label 1A' is stacked and stored on the cassette 40 of the label transport mechanism 4A. The state of the baler 100 is such that the front end of the packing 13 bundled around the reel 52 is set at the position of the cutting member 6 shown in Fig. 7. Further, the label 1A is stacked and stored on the cassette 40 of the label transport mechanism 4A, and the operation unit 106 switches the label 1A.

以此為打包處理的條件,在第50圖所示的步驟ST1中,CPU 114為了使打包機100的主開關120成為ON而待機在「開始打包」。此時,使用者在操作部106操作未圖示的開始按鈕等而顯示「開始打包」。接受此而操作部106將顯示操作資料D1=「開始打包」的資訊輸出至CPU 114。CPU 114根據操作資料D1而使主開關120為ON。As a condition of the packing process, in step ST1 shown in FIG. 50, the CPU 114 stands by "start packing" in order to turn on the main switch 120 of the baler 100. At this time, the user operates the start button or the like (not shown) on the operation unit 106 to display "start packing". In response to this, the operation unit 106 outputs information indicating that the operation data D1 = "start packing" to the CPU 114. The CPU 114 turns on the main switch 120 in accordance with the operation data D1.

藉此,從電源電路20經由主開關120,首先將驅動電壓供給至馬達驅動部141b。此時,由於袋感測器開關121為OFF,驅動電壓不供給至馬達驅動部150i、馬達驅動部170c以及馬達93。上述的CPU114得到「開始打包」時,讀出儲存於第49圖所示的控制部110的EEPROM113的控制程式,而在RAM 112中展開。Thereby, the drive voltage is first supplied from the power supply circuit 20 to the motor drive unit 141b via the main switch 120. At this time, since the bag sensor switch 121 is OFF, the drive voltage is not supplied to the motor drive unit 150i, the motor drive unit 170c, and the motor 93. When the CPU 114 is "started packing", the control program stored in the EEPROM 113 of the control unit 110 shown in Fig. 49 is read and expanded in the RAM 112.

在步驟ST2中,CPU114判定標籤1A(或長標籤1A’)是否被搬運。例如,CPU114從第27B圖所示的標籤感測器109將顯示不搬運標籤1A的搬運資料D8輸入時,移行至步驟ST3。又,CPU114從標籤感測器109將顯示搬運標籤1A的搬運資料D8輸入時,移行至步驟ST4。In step ST2, the CPU 114 determines whether or not the tag 1A (or the long tag 1A') is carried. For example, when the CPU 114 inputs the conveyance data D8 indicating that the label 1A is not to be conveyed from the label sensor 109 shown in FIG. 27B, the CPU 114 proceeds to step ST3. When the CPU 114 inputs the conveyance data D8 indicating the conveyance label 1A from the label sensor 109, the CPU 114 proceeds to step ST4.

在步驟ST3中,CPU114控制搬運標籤1A。例如,CPU114控制使標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉而收納於卡匣40的最下部的標籤1A一片片地送出。此時,根據第54圖的搬運例,在標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的待機狀態中,標籤1A以捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b保持。而且,感測器標記用的突出部95f由於未橫切過導板107的狹縫,將「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6輸出至控制部110。In step ST3, the CPU 114 controls the transport label 1A. For example, the CPU 114 controls the label 1A that is rotated by the label transport roller 41a and accommodated in the lowermost portion of the cassette 40 to be fed one by one. At this time, according to the transport example of Fig. 54, in the standby state of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A, the label 1A is held by the label hanging claw portion 30b of the curl guide 30. Further, the protrusion portion 95f for the sensor mark outputs the position detection data D6 of the "H" level to the control unit 110 because the slit of the guide plate 107 is not traversed.

然後,移行至步驟ST4,CPU114判定袋14是否配置於打包機100的打包口103。例如,使用者將袋14插入(配置)第52圖所示的打包口103。在該例中,以袋14推壓導板95同時插入安裝空間部92b。此時,使用者推擠打包口103的三角形的空間區域,而插入袋14。Then, the process proceeds to step ST4, and the CPU 114 determines whether or not the bag 14 is disposed at the packing port 103 of the baler 100. For example, the user inserts (arranges) the bag 14 into the packing opening 103 shown in Fig. 52. In this example, the guide plate 95 is pushed by the bag 14 while being inserted into the installation space portion 92b. At this time, the user pushes the triangular space area of the packing opening 103 and inserts the bag 14.

例如,在打包口103中,在初期階段,朝三角形的頂點插入袋14時,以袋14使導板95在朝內部進入的方向上被推壓。根據第53圖所示的袋14的安裝操作的中間階段,以袋14推壓導板95及臂121’而朝空間部92b插入。之後,在袋14朝安裝空間部92b壓入的時間點上,導板95再度朝外部飛出。該朝外部飛出係以彈簧的偏壓力進行。For example, in the packing port 103, when the bag 14 is inserted toward the apex of the triangle in the initial stage, the guide plate 95 is pressed by the bag 14 in the direction in which it enters toward the inside. According to the intermediate stage of the mounting operation of the bag 14 shown in Fig. 53, the guide plate 95 and the arm 121' are pushed by the bag 14 and inserted into the space portion 92b. Thereafter, at a point in time when the bag 14 is pressed toward the mounting space portion 92b, the guide plate 95 flies outward again. The outward flight is performed by the biasing force of the spring.

藉此,第52圖所示的臂121’旋轉,該臂121’的一端由袋感測器108檢測出。袋感測器108將顯示袋檢測資料D7=「有袋」的資訊輸出至CPU114。CPU114根據袋檢測資料D7=「有袋」,使袋感測器開關121為ON(雙重電源供給對策)。Thereby, the arm 121' shown in Fig. 52 is rotated, and one end of the arm 121' is detected by the bag sensor 108. The bag sensor 108 outputs information indicating that the bag detection data D7 = "bag" is output to the CPU 114. The CPU 114 turns the bag sensor switch 121 ON according to the bag detection data D7 = "bags" (dual power supply countermeasure).

即,CPU114當從袋感測器108輸入袋檢測資料D7時,袋感測器開關121為ON而移行至步驟ST5。又,CPU114未從袋感測器108輸入袋檢測資料D7時,反覆進行是否再度放置袋14的判定。That is, when the CPU 114 inputs the bag detecting material D7 from the bag sensor 108, the bag sensor switch 121 is turned ON and proceeds to step ST5. Moreover, when the CPU 114 does not input the bag detection data D7 from the bag sensor 108, it is determined whether or not the bag 14 is placed again.

在步驟ST5中,CPU114判定導板95是否存在於既定的位置上。在上述例子中,當使用者將袋14放置於打包口103時,第52圖所示的配置過程的導板95如第53圖所示,由袋14暫時地推壓而滑動。此時,CPU114判定此暫時推壓後的導板95是否回到原來的位置。例如,CPU114藉由導板95後端的感測器用的突出部95f通過穿透型導板感測器107(參照第39圖、23A圖)的狹縫,而從該導板感測器107輸出的低位準或高位準的位置檢測資料D6而判定導板95是否回到原來位置。In step ST5, the CPU 114 determines whether or not the guide 95 is present at a predetermined position. In the above example, when the user places the bag 14 on the packing opening 103, the guide 95 of the disposing process shown in Fig. 52 is temporarily pressed by the bag 14 to slide as shown in Fig. 53. At this time, the CPU 114 determines whether or not the temporarily pushed guide 95 has returned to the original position. For example, the CPU 114 outputs from the guide sensor 107 through the slit of the penetrating guide sensor 107 (refer to FIGS. 39 and 23A) by the protrusion 95f for the sensor at the rear end of the guide 95. The low level or high position detection data D6 determines whether the guide 95 has returned to the original position.

又,導板感測器107檢測出該滑動的導板,將表示袋14被安裝的位置檢測資料D6輸出至CPU114。在此例中,當導板感測器107的狹縫以突出部95f遮光時,CPU114輸入「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6,又,當導板感測器107未遮光時,CPU114輸入「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6。Further, the guide sensor 107 detects the slide guide, and outputs the position detection data D6 indicating that the bag 14 is mounted to the CPU 114. In this example, when the slit of the guide sensor 107 is blocked by the projection 95f, the CPU 114 inputs the position detection data D6 of the "L" level, and when the guide sensor 107 is not shielded from light, the CPU 114 inputs Position detection data D6 at "H" level.

因此,導板95未回到原來位置的情況下,即,袋14維持超出導板95而推壓導板95的狀態下,導板感測器107被遮光而輸出「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6。Therefore, when the guide plate 95 is not returned to the original position, that is, in a state where the bag 14 is held beyond the guide 95 and the guide 95 is pushed, the guide sensor 107 is shielded from light and outputs the position of "L" position. Test data D6.

如此,CPUll4在輸入「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6之後,在「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6未從導板感測器107輸出時,判定袋14超出導板95,不移行至下一步驟而停止控制。CPU114即使經過例如7~10秒,「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6不從導板感測器107輸出的情況下,由嗶嗶聲等產生警報。CPU114在輸入「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6時,即確認(辨識)導板95回到原來的位置,而移行至步驟ST6。In this manner, when the CPU 1110 inputs the position detection data D6 at the "L" level and the position detection data D6 at the "H" position is not output from the guide sensor 107, it is determined that the bag 14 is beyond the guide 95 and does not move to Stop the control in the next step. When the position detection data D6 of the "H" level is not output from the guide sensor 107, for example, 7 to 10 seconds, the CPU 114 generates an alarm by a click or the like. When the position detection data D6 of the "H" level is input, the CPU 114 confirms (identifies) that the guide 95 has returned to the original position, and proceeds to step ST6.

在步驟ST6,CPU114判定一般的標籤1A或長標籤1A’是否由操作部106設定。例如,CPU114從操作部106輸入一般的標籤1A的操作資料D1時,移行至步驟ST7。In step ST6, the CPU 114 determines whether or not the general tag 1A or the long tag 1A' is set by the operation unit 106. For example, when the CPU 114 inputs the operation data D1 of the general tag 1A from the operation unit 106, the CPU 114 proceeds to step ST7.

在步驟ST7,CPU114使第7圖所示的捲曲導件移動。例如CPU114使近接馬達93旋轉,是第7圖所示的作動板32於箭號Q2的方向移動而捲曲導件30從起始位置HP移動至打包位置P1而移行至步驟ST8。At step ST7, the CPU 114 moves the curl guide shown in Fig. 7. For example, the CPU 114 rotates the proximity motor 93, and the actuator plate 32 shown in Fig. 7 moves in the direction of the arrow Q2, and the curl guide 30 moves from the home position HP to the packing position P1, and the process proceeds to step ST8.

此時,根據第56圖所示的搬運例,標籤夾持驅動機構9A從第55圖所示的位置,進行捲曲導件30的後期移動,以標籤掛爪30b推壓導板95。在該後期移動中,該捲曲導件30的前端部抵接於導板95的前端部,導板95的突出部95g的後端部抵接於軌道構件92h的前端部。在此時間點,結束標籤1A朝安裝空間部92b的搬運。At this time, according to the conveyance example shown in Fig. 56, the label holding drive mechanism 9A performs the late movement of the curl guide 30 from the position shown in Fig. 55, and pushes the guide 95 with the label hanging claw 30b. In this late movement, the front end portion of the curling guide 30 abuts against the front end portion of the guide 95, and the rear end portion of the protruding portion 95g of the guide 95 abuts against the front end portion of the rail member 92h. At this point of time, the conveyance of the label 1A toward the installation space portion 92b is completed.

在步驟ST8中,CPU114搬運打包具13。例如,CPU114將用於驅動制動機構89A的螺線管89a的控制資料D10輸出至螺線管驅動部894a。螺線管驅動部894a輸入驅動用的控制資料D10而對螺線管89a通電。螺線管89a通電而使可動鐵芯89c收縮。藉此,如第17B圖所示,捲軸52的制動狀態被解除。In step ST8, the CPU 114 carries the packing device 13. For example, the CPU 114 outputs the control data D10 for driving the solenoid 89a of the brake mechanism 89A to the solenoid driving portion 894a. The solenoid drive unit 894a receives the control data D10 for driving and energizes the solenoid 89a. The solenoid 89a is energized to contract the movable iron core 89c. Thereby, as shown in Fig. 17B, the braking state of the reel 52 is released.

又,CPU114使打包具輸送馬達50i旋轉,打包具13從捲軸52拉出而送出至帶傾斜件63。此時,根據第57圖所示的搬運例,帶夾持驅動機構9A將第54圖所示的捲曲導件30從待機狀態進行前期移動,該捲曲導件30的前端部經由標籤1A而抵接於導板95的前端部。即,成為以導板95與捲曲導件30夾持標籤1A的狀態防止標籤1的脫落。以後,在該狀態下,標籤1A朝安裝空間部92b移動。導板感測器107由於突出部95f橫切而輸出「L」」位準的位置檢測資料D6。Further, the CPU 114 rotates the package transport motor 50i, and the package 13 is pulled out from the spool 52 and sent out to the belt tilting member 63. At this time, according to the transport example shown in Fig. 57, the belt clamping drive mechanism 9A moves the curl guide 30 shown in Fig. 54 from the standby state in advance, and the front end portion of the curl guide 30 is biased via the label 1A. Connected to the front end of the guide 95. In other words, the label 1 is prevented from coming off by the state in which the guide sheet 95 and the curl guide 30 sandwich the label 1A. Thereafter, in this state, the label 1A moves toward the mounting space portion 92b. The guide sensor 107 outputs the position detection data D6 of the "L" position due to the cross section of the projection 95f.

又,CPU114在上述打包具輸送馬達50i打包具拉出結束時,將用於停止螺線管89a的控制資料D10輸出至螺線管驅動部894a。螺線管驅動部894a輸入停止用的控制資料D10而遮斷螺線管89a的通電。螺線管89a之通電被遮斷而由壓縮彈簧89a(參照第12B圖)的彈力使可動鐵芯89c伸長。藉此,如第16B圖所示,制動力作用於捲軸52。之後,移行至步驟ST9。Further, the CPU 114 outputs the control data D10 for stopping the solenoid 89a to the solenoid drive unit 894a when the package conveyance motor 50i is finished with the package puller. The solenoid driving unit 894a inputs the control data D10 for stopping and blocks the energization of the solenoid 89a. The energization of the solenoid 89a is blocked, and the movable iron core 89c is extended by the elastic force of the compression spring 89a (see Fig. 12B). Thereby, as shown in FIG. 16B, the braking force acts on the spool 52. After that, the process proceeds to step ST9.

在步驟ST9中,CPU114控制切斷打包具13,並將切斷後的打包具13’的前端部與後端部靠近而結合。例如,CPU114再度使近接馬達93旋轉,第9圖所示的作動板32於箭號Q2的方向滑動,由安裝於該作動板32的下端部的滾子臂101而推壓連結滾子97,驅動該連結滾子97結合的切割件62及近接臂61a、61b,在切斷打包具13之同時,使從打包具13切斷的打包具13’的前端部與後端部靠近而結合。In step ST9, the CPU 114 controls the cutting of the packing 13 and joins the front end portion and the rear end portion of the cut package 13'. For example, the CPU 114 rotates the proximity motor 93 again, and the actuating plate 32 shown in FIG. 9 slides in the direction of the arrow Q2, and the connecting roller 97 is pressed by the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end portion of the actuating plate 32. The cutter 62 and the proximal arms 61a and 61b that drive the coupling roller 97 are coupled to each other, and the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packaging material 13' cut from the packaging material 13 are brought close to each other while the packaging tool 13 is cut.

在此時間點,感測器標記用的突出部95f由於橫切過導板感測器107的狹縫而遮光,將「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6輸出至控制部110。之後,在控制部110觸發位置檢測資料D6而驅動標籤夾持驅動機構9A,藉由打包具成形機構6A而形成打包具13,由打包具締結機構7A的扭轉臂70將標籤1A以切斷後的打包具13’包紮。然後,移行至第51圖所示的步驟ST13。At this point of time, the protrusion 95f for the sensor mark is shielded from light by the slit of the guide plate sensor 107, and the position detection data D6 of the "L" level is output to the control unit 110. Thereafter, the control unit 110 activates the position detecting material D6 to drive the label holding drive mechanism 9A, and the packing tool 13 is formed by the packing tool forming mechanism 6A, and the label 1A is cut by the torsion arm 70 of the packing and contracting mechanism 7A. Packing 13' bandage. Then, the process proceeds to step ST13 shown in Fig. 51.

在步驟ST13中,CPU114控制而扭轉切斷後的打包具13’。例如,CPU114使扭轉馬達70c旋轉,使第7圖所示的扭轉臂70旋轉而扭轉由該扭轉臂70保持其前端部與後端部的切斷後的打包具13’。而且,如第42圖所示,藉由安裝於扭轉臂70的凸輪板99鎖扣導板95。當導板95回復時,推壓標籤1A會產生標籤1A的變形或打包具被拔掉的問題。In step ST13, the CPU 114 controls and twists the cut package 13'. For example, the CPU 114 rotates the torsion motor 70c to rotate the torsion arm 70 shown in Fig. 7 to twist the package 13' after the torsion arm 70 holds the front end portion and the rear end portion. Further, as shown in Fig. 42, the guide plate 95 is locked by the cam plate 99 attached to the torsion arm 70. When the guide 95 is returned, pushing the label 1A causes a problem that the label 1A is deformed or the package is unplugged.

關於該鎖扣功能,根據第57圖所示的搬運例,打包處理完畢之同時,控制部110使鎖扣機構81動作。在鎖扣機構81,打包具締結機構7A的扭轉臂70的半月形的凸輪板99從待機狀態停止在旋轉180°的位置。藉由該旋轉,凸輪板99卡合於設在導板95的凸輪卡合用的開口部95d而停止。即,凸輪板99的半月狀部位相對於開口部95d以上弦形狀的姿態停止,凸輪板99卡合於開口部95d而鎖住朝導板95的前側的偏壓力。而且,導板感測器107由於以突出部95f遮光,而輸出「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6。該「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6表示鎖扣導板95的狀態。接著移行至步驟ST14。With regard to the lock function, the control unit 110 operates the lock mechanism 81 at the same time as the packing process is completed according to the transport example shown in Fig. 57. In the lock mechanism 81, the half-moon cam plate 99 of the torsion arm 70 of the packing and contracting mechanism 7A is stopped at a position rotated by 180° from the standby state. By this rotation, the cam plate 99 is engaged with the opening 95d for the cam engagement of the guide 95, and is stopped. In other words, the half moon portion of the cam plate 99 is stopped with respect to the chord shape of the opening portion 95d, and the cam plate 99 is engaged with the opening portion 95d to lock the biasing force toward the front side of the guide plate 95. Further, the guide sensor 107 outputs the position detection data D6 at the "L" level because the projection portion 95f is shielded from light. The position detection data D6 of the "L" position indicates the state of the lock guide 95. Then, the process proceeds to step ST14.

在步驟ST14中,CPU114控制左右的近接臂61a、61b及切割件62回到原來的位置上。此時,根據第58圖所示的搬運例,控制部110使鎖扣機構81動作,驅動標籤夾持機構9A而使捲曲導件30回到待機位置。例如,CPU114使近接馬達93反轉,使第7圖所示的作動板32於與上述箭號Q2相反的箭號Q3的方向上滑動,捲曲導件30從打包位置P1返回起始位置HP。In step ST14, the CPU 114 controls the left and right proximal arms 61a, 61b and the cutter 62 to return to the original position. At this time, according to the conveyance example shown in Fig. 58, the control unit 110 operates the lock mechanism 81 to drive the label holding mechanism 9A to return the curl guide 30 to the standby position. For example, the CPU 114 reverses the proximity motor 93, causes the actuation plate 32 shown in Fig. 7 to slide in the direction of the arrow Q3 opposite to the above-mentioned arrow Q2, and the curl guide 30 returns from the packing position P1 to the home position HP.

此時,安裝於作動板32的下端部的滾子臂101與連結滾子97的抵接被解除。架設於連結滾子97與卡合軸97’之間的拉伸彈簧122雖然經常朝連結滾子97的卡合軸97’側偏壓,藉由解除第6圖所示的滾子臂101與連結滾子97的抵接,連結滾子97朝箭號Q3的方向移動。結合於切割件62的切割件連桿62c而壓回連結滾子97。連結滾子97朝箭號Q3的方向移動。At this time, the contact between the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end portion of the actuating plate 32 and the connecting roller 97 is released. The tension spring 122 that is placed between the connecting roller 97 and the engaging shaft 97' is often biased toward the engaging shaft 97' side of the connecting roller 97, and the roller arm 101 shown in Fig. 6 is released. When the connecting roller 97 abuts, the connecting roller 97 moves in the direction of the arrow Q3. The coupling roller 97 is pressed back in conjunction with the cutter link 62c of the cutting member 62. The link roller 97 moves in the direction of the arrow Q3.

藉此,連桿性結合於連結滾子97的切割件62從打包具搬運機構5A的帶傾斜件63的前端退避。在此例中,即使捲曲導件30後退至待機位置,大過彈簧82a、82b的偏壓力,凸輪板99的半月狀部位卡合於開口部95d,而抑制導板95的回復。Thereby, the cutter 62 that is linearly coupled to the coupling roller 97 is retracted from the front end of the belt tilting member 63 of the package conveying mechanism 5A. In this example, even if the curling guide 30 retreats to the standby position, the partial pressure of the springs 82a and 82b is increased, and the half moon-shaped portion of the cam plate 99 is engaged with the opening 95d, thereby suppressing the return of the guide 95.

而且,導板95在捲曲導件30後退之後,由於以凸輪板99鎖扣,因此不會飛出。如此,在鎖扣導板95的狀態下,打包後的袋14容易取出。由於導板感測器107係由突出部95f遮光,輸出「L」位準的位置檢測資料D6(鎖扣機構動作)。與上述的切割件62的退避處理同時,卡合於連結滾子97的左右近接臂61a、61b回到原來位置,再度地構成打包具誘導路601、602的一部份而移行至步驟ST15。Moreover, after the curling guide 30 is retracted, the guide plate 95 does not fly out because it is locked by the cam plate 99. Thus, in the state of the lock guide 95, the packaged bag 14 is easily taken out. Since the guide sensor 107 is shielded from light by the protruding portion 95f, the position detection data D6 at the "L" level is output (the lock mechanism operates). At the same time as the above-described retracting process of the cutter 62, the right and left close arms 61a and 61b that are engaged with the coupling roller 97 return to the original position, and a part of the package induction paths 601 and 602 are again formed, and the process proceeds to step ST15.

在步驟ST15中,CPU114判定袋14是否被拔取。此時,袋感測器108檢測出在上述的步驟ST4中藉由袋14推壓使正旋轉的臂121’,是否由於袋14的拔取而反轉回到原來的位置。In step ST15, the CPU 114 determines whether or not the bag 14 is taken out. At this time, the bag sensor 108 detects whether or not the arm 121' which is rotated by the bag 14 in the above-described step ST4 is rotated back to the original position due to the removal of the bag 14.

例如,當袋14未從打包口103拔出時,CPU 114在從袋感測器108輸入表示未回到臂121,的原來位置的袋檢測資料D7時,再度判定袋14是否被拔出。然後,袋14從打包口103被拔出,CPU114在從袋感測器108輸入表示回到臂121’的原來位置的袋檢測資料D7時,袋感測器開關121為OFF,而移行至步驟ST16。For example, when the bag 14 is not pulled out from the packing port 103, the CPU 114 re-determines whether or not the bag 14 is pulled out when the bag detecting material D7 indicating that it has not returned to the original position of the arm 121 is input from the bag sensor 108. Then, the bag 14 is pulled out from the packing opening 103, and when the CPU 114 inputs the bag detecting material D7 indicating the return to the original position of the arm 121' from the bag sensor 108, the bag sensor switch 121 is OFF, and the process proceeds to the step. ST16.

在步驟ST16中,CPU114控制而解除在步驟ST13中鎖扣的導板95。例如,CPU114使扭轉馬達70c半旋轉,使第42圖所示的扭轉臂70作半旋轉,釋放了由安裝於扭轉臂70的凸輪板99所鎖扣的導板95,並移行至步驟ST17。In step ST16, the CPU 114 controls to release the guide 95 that is locked in step ST13. For example, the CPU 114 half-rotates the torsion motor 70c, half-rotates the torsion arm 70 shown in Fig. 42, releases the guide 95 that is locked by the cam plate 99 attached to the torsion arm 70, and moves to step ST17.

在步驟ST17中,CPU114控制將標籤1A裝填(搬運)於捲曲導件30。例如,CPU114控制使標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉而將收納於卡匣40的最下部的標籤1A一片遍地送出。該標籤裝填處理在下一次的打包處理之前要完成準備。根據第54圖所示的搬運例,標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的待機狀態中,標籤1A以捲曲導件30的標籤掛爪30b保持。而且,感測器標記用的突出部95f由於不橫切過導板感測器107的狹縫,「H」位準的位置檢測資料D6輸出至控制部110。然後,移行至步驟ST18。In step ST17, the CPU 114 controls loading (handling) the label 1A to the curl guide 30. For example, the CPU 114 controls the label transport roller 41a to rotate, and feeds the label 1A stored in the lowermost portion of the cassette 40 one by one. This label loading process is to be completed before the next packaging process. According to the transport example shown in Fig. 54, in the standby state of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A, the label 1A is held by the label hanging claw 30b of the curl guide 30. Further, since the protruding portion 95f for the sensor mark does not cross the slit of the guide sensor 107, the position detection data D6 of the "H" level is output to the control portion 110. Then, the process proceeds to step ST18.

在步驟ST18中,CPU114輸入使主開關120OFF的資訊,即從操作部106輸入操作資料D1=「打包結束」的資訊,然後根據操作資料D1=「打包結束」而使主開關120OFF。在主開關120未OFF的情況下,回到步驟ST2而反覆進行上述的處理。藉由主開關120=OFF而完成打包處理。而且,控制部110移行至休眠狀態。所謂休眠狀態係指驅動電壓不從電源回路20供給至馬達驅動部141b、馬達驅動部150i、馬達驅動部170c以及馬達93的狀態,控制部110的CPU114的判別功能、計時功能以及記憶功能作動而其他功能休止(省電模式)。In step ST18, the CPU 114 inputs information for turning off the main switch 120, that is, inputting information of the operation data D1 = "packing end" from the operation unit 106, and then turning off the main switch 120 based on the operation data D1 = "packing end". When the main switch 120 is not OFF, the process returns to step ST2 and the above-described processing is repeated. The packing process is completed by the main switch 120 = OFF. Moreover, the control unit 110 shifts to the sleep state. The sleep state refers to a state in which the drive voltage is not supplied from the power supply circuit 20 to the motor drive unit 141b, the motor drive unit 150i, the motor drive unit 170c, and the motor 93, and the determination function, the timer function, and the memory function of the CPU 114 of the control unit 110 are activated. Other functions are inactive (power saving mode).

而且,在步驟ST6中,當CPU114由操作部106輸入表示其他的資料(以下稱長標籤1A’)時,移行至步驟ST10。在步驟ST10中,CPU114使捲曲構件30移動之同時,將長標籤1A’送出。例如,CPU114使近接馬達93旋轉,使第7圖所示的作動板32於箭號Q2的方向滑動,使捲曲導件30從起始位置HP移動至打包位置P1。此時,CPU114在捲曲導件30前進之同時,控制使第27圖所示的標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉,送出卡匣40中剩餘的長標籤1A’的資訊提示部10C的後端部,而移行至步驟ST11。Further, in step ST6, when the CPU 114 inputs another material (hereinafter referred to as a long label 1A') by the operation unit 106, the process proceeds to step ST10. In step ST10, the CPU 114 sends the long label 1A' while moving the curling member 30. For example, the CPU 114 rotates the proximity motor 93 to slide the actuation plate 32 shown in Fig. 7 in the direction of the arrow Q2, and moves the curl guide 30 from the home position HP to the packing position P1. At this time, the CPU 114 controls the rotation of the curl guide 30, and rotates the label transport roller 41a shown in Fig. 27 to send the rear end portion of the information presentation portion 10C of the long label 1A' remaining in the cassette 40. The process proceeds to step ST11.

在步驟ST11中,CPU114搬運打包具13。例如,CPU114使打包具輸送馬達50i旋轉,將打包具從捲軸52拉出而送出至帶傾斜件63,而移行至步驟ST12。In step ST11, the CPU 114 carries the packing device 13. For example, the CPU 114 rotates the packer conveyance motor 50i, pulls the packer out of the spool 52, and feeds it to the belt tilting member 63, and proceeds to step ST12.

在步驟ST12中,CPU114切斷打包具13,將該打包具13的切斷後的打包具13’的前端部與後端部靠近結合之同時,更控制將標籤1A送出。例如,CPU114更使近接馬達93旋轉,第7圖所示的作動板32於箭號Q2方向滑動,由安裝於該作動板32的下端部的滾子臂101推壓連結滾子97,驅動該連結滾子97連桿性結合的切割件62及左右的近接臂61a、61b,切斷打包具13之同時,控制使打包具13切斷後的打包具13’的前端部及後端部靠近而結合。In step ST12, the CPU 114 cuts off the package 13 and controls the label 1A to be sent out while the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packaged package 13' after the cutting of the package 13 are brought into close contact with each other. For example, the CPU 114 further rotates the proximity motor 93, and the actuating plate 32 shown in Fig. 7 slides in the direction of the arrow Q2, and the roller arm 101 attached to the lower end portion of the actuating plate 32 presses the connecting roller 97 to drive the motor 97. The cutting member 62 and the left and right proximal arms 61a and 61b that are connected to the roller 97 are connected to each other, and the packaging device 13 is cut, and the front end portion and the rear end portion of the packaging device 13' after the packaging device 13 is cut are controlled to be close to each other. Combine.

此時,CPU114使作動板32於箭號Q2的方向滑動之同時,再度使標籤輸送滾子41a旋轉而完全地送出卡匣40中所剩餘的長標籤1A’的資訊提示部10C的後端部,而移行至步驟ST13,扭轉切斷後的打包具13’而打包。步驟ST13以後則依照上述(參照步驟ST13~ST18)。At this time, the CPU 114 causes the actuator plate 32 to slide in the direction of the arrow Q2, and again rotates the label transport roller 41a to completely feed the rear end portion of the information presentation portion 10C of the long label 1A' remaining in the cassette 40. Then, the process proceeds to step ST13, and the cut package 13' is twisted and packaged. Step ST13 and subsequent steps are as follows (refer to steps ST13 to ST18).

如此,根據第一實施例的打包機100,使用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m,11m而將帶狀的切斷後的打包具13’繞捲於袋14的折口,當該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,在捲曲導件30的前端上部具有標籤支持構件30e具有懸掛於標籤上部的功能。Thus, according to the baler 100 of the first embodiment, the strip-shaped cut-away packing 13' is wound around the fold of the bag 14 using the two engaging holes 11m, 11m provided in the label 1A, when the label 1A When attached to the hem of the bag 14, the label supporting member 30e has a function of hanging on the upper portion of the label at the upper end of the front end of the curling guide 30.

因此,可阻止以標籤掛爪部30b為旋轉中心的標籤1A的旋轉。藉此,與未安裝標籤支持構件30e的情況相比,可防止標籤因旋轉而脫落。又,從一邊的標籤1A的卡合孔11m插入的打包具13再現性佳地從另一邊的卡合孔11m拉出。而且,標籤1A可從打包後的標籤搬運機構4A平滑地拉出,而提供高可靠度的打包機100。Therefore, the rotation of the label 1A with the label hanging claw portion 30b as the center of rotation can be prevented. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the label from coming off due to the rotation as compared with the case where the label supporting member 30e is not attached. Moreover, the packaging tool 13 inserted from the engaging hole 11m of the one side label 1A is excellent in reproducibility from the other engaging hole 11m. Moreover, the label 1A can be smoothly pulled out from the packaged label transport mechanism 4A to provide a highly reliable baler 100.

又,打包機100在標籤搬運機構4A上具有標籤支持構件42c,從該標籤搬運機構4A將標籤傳遞至標籤支持機構3A時,由標籤支持構件42c延遲標籤1A的後端開放時期。Further, the baler 100 has the label supporting member 42c on the label transport mechanism 4A, and when the label transport mechanism 4A transfers the label to the label supporting mechanism 3A, the label supporting member 42c delays the rear end opening period of the label 1A.

因此,如第36圖所示,即使在安裝比一般的長度短的標籤1A的情況下,與未安裝標籤支持構件42c的情況相比,可防止標籤傳遞失誤而造成脫落。藉此,標籤1A的長度變長也好,變短也好,從標籤搬運機構4A再現性佳地傳遞至標籤夾持機構3A,而提供一種高可靠度的打包機100。結果,標籤1A可再現性佳地從標籤支持機構3A搬運至打包具締結機構7A。Therefore, as shown in Fig. 36, even when the label 1A having a shorter length than the normal length is attached, it is possible to prevent the label from being misrouted and falling off as compared with the case where the label supporting member 42c is not attached. Thereby, the length of the label 1A becomes long and shortens, and the label transport mechanism 4A is transmitted to the label holding mechanism 3A with good reproducibility, thereby providing a baler 100 of high reliability. As a result, the label 1A is reproducibly conveyed from the label support mechanism 3A to the package contracting mechanism 7A.

而且,打包機100利用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m,11m而將帶狀的切斷後的打包具13’捲繞於袋14的折口,當該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,其具備具有缺口部95b的可動式導板機構8A,在由標籤夾持機構3A與導板95保持標籤1A的狀態下,將該標籤1A插入安裝空間部92b的袋14的折口。Further, the baler 100 winds the strip-shaped cut package 13' around the hem of the bag 14 by the two engaging holes 11m, 11m provided in the label 1A, and when the label 1A is attached to the hem of the bag 14, The movable guide mechanism 8A having the notch portion 95b is inserted into the folded portion of the bag 14 of the attachment space portion 92b in a state where the label 1A is held by the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide 95.

因此,防止標籤搬運途中標籤1A脫落。而且,由於袋的折口導引用的缺口部95b從安裝空間部92b延伸至外部的形態,在標籤搬運前,袋14的折口可確實地插入安裝空間部92b。藉此,提供高可靠度的標籤安裝裝置等。Therefore, the label 1A is prevented from coming off during the label transport. Further, since the notch portion 95b for guiding the folding of the bag extends from the mounting space portion 92b to the outside, the folding opening of the bag 14 can be surely inserted into the mounting space portion 92b before the label is conveyed. Thereby, a highly reliable label mounting device or the like is provided.

又,根據打包機100的段差通路構造60,在打包具13的進入方向中,設定成打包具誘導路601、602及打包具通路303的上游側高而下游側低。在上述例中,任何一段差ε1、ε2、ε3、ε4、ε5也設定為下游側比上游側低。Further, according to the stepped path structure 60 of the baler 100, in the entering direction of the packing device 13, the upstream side of the packer induction paths 601 and 602 and the packing path 303 is set to be high and the downstream side is low. In the above example, any one of the differences ε1, ε2, ε3, ε4, and ε5 is also set such that the downstream side is lower than the upstream side.

因此,利用設於標籤1A的二個卡合孔11m,11m將帶狀的打包具13’繞捆於袋14的折口,當該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,由於可避免打包具13的前端抵接於打包具誘導路601、602,即使未在打包具誘導路601、602上設置倒角等導入構造,從打包具成形機構6A的打包具誘導路601將打包具13平順地插入捲曲導件30的打包具誘導路602。藉此,防止打包具13輸送不良。Therefore, the strip-shaped packing device 13' is wrapped around the hem of the bag 14 by the two engaging holes 11m, 11m provided in the label 1A, and when the label 1A is attached to the hem of the bag 14, the packing 13 can be avoided. The front end abuts against the package inducing paths 601, 602, and even if the introduction structure such as chamfering is not provided on the package induction paths 601, 602, the packing device 13 is smoothly inserted from the packing guide path 601 of the package forming mechanism 6A. The packer of the curl guide 30 induces a path 602. Thereby, the conveyance of the packing tool 13 is prevented.

[實施例2][Embodiment 2]

第59圖為第二實施例的打包機200的標籤支持機構2A’的構造例的部分放大立體圖。Fig. 59 is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a configuration example of the label supporting mechanism 2A' of the baler 200 of the second embodiment.

在第59圖所示的打包機100中,具備標籤彈簧支持機構2A’。標籤彈簧機構2A’具有構成壓入構件的一例的一對螺旋彈簧構件21、22,從標籤搬運機構4A經由標籤夾持機構3A搬運至鄰接於打包具締結機構7A的打包具成形機構6A的標籤1A的側端部從兩側夾入而動作。The baler 100 shown in Fig. 59 is provided with a label spring support mechanism 2A'. The label spring mechanism 2A' has a pair of coil spring members 21 and 22 constituting an example of the press-fitting member, and is transported from the label transport mechanism 4A to the label of the pack forming mechanism 6A adjacent to the packer contracting mechanism 7A via the label chucking mechanism 3A. The side end portion of 1A is moved from both sides to operate.

在此例中,設置於從標籤夾持機構3A的上部至打包具通路303的既定位置上的標籤支持構件30e保持標籤1A的上端之同時,以螺旋彈簧構件21、22從標籤1A的側端部從兩側壓入。螺旋彈簧構件21、22係由SUS線、鋼線、高碳鋼線、鋼琴線等的彈簧構件做螺旋加工成線圈狀而使用。In this example, the label supporting member 30e provided at a predetermined position from the upper portion of the label holding mechanism 3A to the package path 303 holds the upper end of the label 1A while the coil spring members 21, 22 are from the side end of the label 1A. The part is pressed in from both sides. The coil spring members 21 and 22 are spirally processed into a coil shape by a spring member such as a SUS wire, a steel wire, a high carbon steel wire, or a piano wire.

例如,螺旋彈簧構件21係安裝於作動板32的前方的中間底盤部92a上。螺旋彈簧構件21具有中空狀的螺旋線圈部21a、從該螺旋線圈部21a形成既定的開角而於不同方向延伸的二個彈簧腳部(以下稱為可動腳部21b、固定腳部21c)。For example, the coil spring member 21 is attached to the intermediate chassis portion 92a in front of the actuation plate 32. The coil spring member 21 has a hollow spiral coil portion 21a, and two spring leg portions (hereinafter referred to as a movable leg portion 21b and a fixed leg portion 21c) that form a predetermined opening angle from the spiral coil portion 21a and extend in different directions.

螺旋線圈部21a係由中間底盤部92a軸支著。例如,由立設於中間底盤部92a的軸部911可旋轉地軸支著。一邊的可動腳部21b,為了緩和與標籤1A的接觸,前端部捲曲處理成圓形狀,而抵接於保持標籤1A的一側端部的位置上。另一邊的固定腳部21c固定於中間底盤部92a上的成形機構實裝用的基板92i。例如,基板92u的端部彎曲,形成突起部912而在該突起部912的內側固定。The spiral coil portion 21a is axially supported by the intermediate chassis portion 92a. For example, the shaft portion 911 that is erected on the intermediate chassis portion 92a is rotatably supported. In order to alleviate the contact with the label 1A, the movable leg portion 21b on one side is curled into a circular shape at the distal end portion, and abuts against the end portion of the holding label 1A. The other fixed leg portion 21c is fixed to the substrate 92i for mounting mechanism on the intermediate chassis portion 92a. For example, the end portion of the substrate 92u is curved to form the protrusion 912 and is fixed inside the protrusion 912.

又,螺旋彈簧22係安裝於位於夾持標籤夾持機構3A的標籤搬運機構4A上的中間底盤部92a。螺旋彈簧構件22也具有中空狀的螺旋線圈部22a以及從該螺旋線圈部22a形成既定開角而於不同方向延伸的二個彈簧腳部(以下稱為可動腳部22b、固定腳部22c)。Further, the coil spring 22 is attached to the intermediate chassis portion 92a located on the label transport mechanism 4A of the clamp label holding mechanism 3A. The coil spring member 22 also has a hollow spiral coil portion 22a and two spring leg portions (hereinafter referred to as a movable leg portion 22b and a fixed leg portion 22c) that form a predetermined opening angle from the spiral coil portion 22a and extend in different directions.

螺旋線圈部22a係由標籤搬運機構4A的中間底盤部92a所軸支。例如,由立設於二片中間底盤部92a、92a’的軸部913可旋轉地軸支著。一邊的可動腳部22b為了緩和與標籤1A的接觸,前端部捲曲處理成圓形狀,而抵接於保持標籤1A的另一側端部的位置上。另一邊的固定腳部22c係固定在立設於二片中間底盤部92a、92a’之間的卡合銷914而固定。就該卡合銷914而言,可使用例如立設於二片中間底盤部92a、92a’之間的空間保持用的凸狀銷(double)。固定腳部22c例如捲繞於卡合銷914而固定。藉此,形成標籤彈簧機構2A’。The spiral coil portion 22a is axially supported by the intermediate chassis portion 92a of the label transport mechanism 4A. For example, the shaft portion 913 which is erected on the two intermediate chassis portions 92a, 92a' is rotatably supported. In order to relax the contact with the label 1A, the movable leg portion 22b on one side is curled into a circular shape at the distal end portion, and abuts against the position of the other end portion of the holding label 1A. The other fixed leg portion 22c is fixed to the engaging pin 914 which is erected between the two intermediate chassis portions 92a, 92a'. For the engaging pin 914, for example, a double pin for holding the space between the two intermediate chassis portions 92a and 92a' can be used. The fixing leg portion 22c is wound around the engaging pin 914 and fixed, for example. Thereby, the label spring mechanism 2A' is formed.

接著,說明打包機200的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的功能例。第60圖及第61圖為表示標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的功能例(其1、2)的上視圖。第60A圖為標籤支持機構2A’的待機時及標籤裝填前的標籤夾持機構3A的待機例的上視圖。Next, a function example of the tag spring support mechanism 2A' of the baler 200 will be described. Fig. 60 and Fig. 61 are top views showing functional examples (1, 2) of the tag spring supporting mechanism 2A'. Fig. 60A is a top view showing a standby example of the label holding mechanism 3A at the time of standby of the label supporting mechanism 2A' and before the label is loaded.

根據第60A圖所示的標籤支持機構2A’的待機狀態,螺旋彈簧構件21的可動腳部21b及螺旋彈簧構件的可動腳部22b與彎曲導件30的彎曲導引突起部30c之間設有間隙,標籤裝填時,標籤前端不易安裝於掛爪部30b及標籤支持構件30e。在該標籤夾持機構3A及標籤支持機構2A’的待機狀態下,使第33圖所示的標籤搬運機構4A動作而將標籤1A從卡匣40拉出,以彎曲導件30的標籤掛爪部30b保持(參照第63圖)。According to the standby state of the label supporting mechanism 2A' shown in FIG. 60A, the movable leg portion 21b of the coil spring member 21 and the movable leg portion 22b of the coil spring member and the curved guiding protrusion portion 30c of the bending guide 30 are provided. In the gap, when the label is loaded, the front end of the label is less likely to be attached to the claw portion 30b and the label supporting member 30e. In the standby state of the label holding mechanism 3A and the label supporting mechanism 2A', the label transport mechanism 4A shown in FIG. 33 is operated to pull the label 1A from the cassette 40 to bend the label claw of the guide 30. The portion 30b is held (refer to Fig. 63).

於此,可動腳部21b與固定腳部21c所形成的角度為開角度θ1時,開角度θ1為例如θ1=90°左右。又,可動腳部22b與固定腳部22c所形成的角度為開角度θ2時,開角度θ2為例如θ2=230°左右。以該等開角度θ1、θ2使螺旋彈簧構件21、22維持在待機狀態的姿勢。Here, when the angle formed by the movable leg portion 21b and the fixed leg portion 21c is the opening angle θ1, the opening angle θ1 is, for example, about θ1 = 90°. Moreover, when the angle formed by the movable leg portion 22b and the fixed leg portion 22c is the opening angle θ2, the opening angle θ2 is, for example, about θ2 = 230°. The coil spring members 21 and 22 are maintained in the standby state at the opening angles θ1 and θ2.

第60B圖為標籤裝填後標籤支持機構2A’的變形動作的上視圖。根據第60B圖所示的標籤支持機構2A’,從第60A圖所示的待機狀態,第7圖所示的標籤支持驅動機構9A動作,當標籤夾持機構3A朝打包具成形機構6A的方向前進時,彎曲導件30的前端部與螺旋彈簧21、22的前端部抵接。在此時間點,首先螺旋彈簧構件21、22維持待機狀態。Fig. 60B is a top view showing the deformation operation of the label supporting mechanism 2A' after the label is loaded. According to the label supporting mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 60B, from the standby state shown in Fig. 60A, the label supporting drive mechanism 9A shown in Fig. 7 operates in the direction of the label holding mechanism 3A toward the package forming mechanism 6A. At the time of advancement, the front end portion of the bending guide 30 abuts against the front end portions of the coil springs 21, 22. At this point of time, first, the coil spring members 21, 22 are maintained in the standby state.

第61A圖為標籤搬運時的標籤支持機構2A’的變形動作例(前期變形)的上視圖。根據第61A圖所示的標籤支持機構2A’的變形動作例,從第60B圖所示的彎曲導件30的前端部的標籤支持機構2A’的抵接狀態,第7圖所示的標籤支持驅動機構9A更產生動作,當標籤支持機構3A更朝向打包具成形機構6A的方向前進時,彎曲導件30的前端部克服螺旋彈簧部21、22的偏壓力,在抵接於其前端部的狀態下朝打包具成形機構6A的方向接近。Fig. 61A is a top view showing a modification operation example (previous deformation) of the label support mechanism 2A' at the time of label conveyance. According to the deformation operation example of the label support mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 61A, the label support mechanism 2A' at the distal end portion of the curved guide 30 shown in Fig. 60B is in contact with the label support shown in Fig. 7 The drive mechanism 9A is further actuated. When the label support mechanism 3A is further moved toward the package forming mechanism 6A, the front end portion of the curved guide 30 overcomes the biasing force of the coil spring portions 21 and 22 and abuts against the front end portion thereof. In the state, the direction toward the packing forming mechanism 6A is close.

在此時間點,螺旋彈簧21的開角度θ1及螺旋彈簧構件22的開角度θ2產生變化。在此例中,推壓於彎曲導件30的螺旋彈簧21的開角度θ1初期從θ1=90°變化至θ1=70°,又,同樣地,螺旋彈簧構件22的開角度θ2從初期的θ2=230°變化至θ2=195°(前期變形)。At this point of time, the opening angle θ1 of the coil spring 21 and the opening angle θ2 of the coil spring member 22 change. In this example, the opening angle θ1 of the coil spring 21 that is pressed against the curved guide 30 is initially changed from θ1 = 90° to θ1 = 70°, and similarly, the opening angle θ2 of the coil spring member 22 is from the initial θ2. =230° changes to θ2=195° (previous deformation).

藉由該標籤夾持機構3A的移動,該彎曲導件30的前端部經由標籤1A而抵接於螺旋彈簧21、22的前端部。即,成為由螺旋彈簧構件21、22與彎曲導件30夾持標籤1A的狀態,可防止標籤1A的脫落。以後,在此狀態下,標籤1A朝安裝空間92b移動(參照第64、48、49圖)。By the movement of the label holding mechanism 3A, the front end portion of the curved guide 30 abuts against the front end portions of the coil springs 21, 22 via the label 1A. In other words, the label 1A is sandwiched between the coil spring members 21 and 22 and the bending guide 30, and the label 1A can be prevented from coming off. Thereafter, in this state, the label 1A moves toward the installation space 92b (refer to Figs. 64, 48, and 49).

第61B圖為標籤搬運時的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的變形動作例(後期變形)的上視圖。根據第61B圖所示的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的變形動作例,由第7圖所示的標籤夾持驅動機構9A持續動作,標籤夾持機構3A前進,而到達打包具成形機構6A的狀態。在該狀態下,抵接於第61A圖所示的彎曲導件30的前端部的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’產生變形。此時,彎曲導件30的前端部克服螺旋彈簧構件21、22的偏壓力而以其前端部抵接的狀態易打包具成形機構6A的前方停止。在此時間點,朝標籤1A的安裝空間92b搬運而結束(參照第67圖)。Fig. 61B is a top view showing a modification operation example (late deformation) of the label spring support mechanism 2A' at the time of label conveyance. According to the deformation operation example of the label spring support mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 61B, the label holding drive mechanism 9A shown in Fig. 7 continues to operate, and the label holding mechanism 3A advances to reach the state of the package forming mechanism 6A. . In this state, the tag spring supporting mechanism 2A' abutting against the front end portion of the bending guide 30 shown in Fig. 61A is deformed. At this time, the front end portion of the bending guide 30 is stopped by the front end portion of the bending guide member 30 in a state where the front end portion thereof abuts against the biasing force of the coil spring members 21 and 22. At this point of time, it is conveyed toward the installation space 92b of the tag 1A (refer to Fig. 67).

而且,與第61A圖所示的螺旋彈簧構件21的開角度θ1相比,到達時間點的螺旋彈簧構件21的開角度θ1又有變化。同樣地,與螺旋彈簧構件22的開角度θ2相比,到達時間點的螺旋彈簧構件22的開角度θ2又有變化。Further, compared with the opening angle θ1 of the coil spring member 21 shown in Fig. 61A, the opening angle θ1 of the coil spring member 21 at the time of arrival changes again. Similarly, the opening angle θ2 of the coil spring member 22 at the time of arrival is changed again as compared with the opening angle θ2 of the coil spring member 22.

在此例中,推壓於彎曲導件30的螺旋彈簧構件21的開角度θ1從初期的θ1=90°變化至θ1=20°,又,同樣地,螺旋彈簧構件22的開角度θ2從初期的θ2=230°變化至θ2=150°(後期變形)。In this example, the opening angle θ1 of the coil spring member 21 that is pressed against the curved guide 30 is changed from the initial θ1 = 90° to θ1 = 20°, and similarly, the opening angle θ2 of the coil spring member 22 is from the initial stage. Θ2 = 230° changes to θ2 = 150° (late deformation).

第62圖為打包機200的動作例的流程圖。第63~67圖為補足標籤搬運時的標籤支持機構2A’的動作例的部分放大立體圖。Fig. 62 is a flow chart showing an operation example of the baler 200. Figs. 63 to 67 are partially enlarged perspective views showing an operation example of the label supporting mechanism 2A' at the time of carrying out the label conveyance.

在該例中,在打包機200中,具備第49圖所示的控制部110,並以該控制部110的CPU114控制標籤夾持機構3A、標籤搬運機構4A、打包具搬運機構5A、打包具成形機構6A、打包具締結機構7A以及標籤支持驅動機構9的情況為例。In this example, the baler 200 includes the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 49, and the CPU 114 of the control unit 110 controls the label holding mechanism 3A, the label transport mechanism 4A, the package transport mechanism 5A, and the packing device. The case of the forming mechanism 6A, the packing device contracting mechanism 7A, and the label supporting drive mechanism 9 is taken as an example.

首先,在步驟ST21中,CPU 114檢測出袋14是否插入。此時,藉由主開關120為ON,檢測出袋14被插入(參照第50圖的步驟ST1)。First, in step ST21, the CPU 114 detects whether or not the bag 14 is inserted. At this time, when the main switch 120 is turned on, it is detected that the bag 14 is inserted (refer to step ST1 of Fig. 50).

接著,在步驟ST22中,CPU 114控制搬運機構4A,使標籤1A從卡匣40拉出並裝填於彎曲導件30中。在該標籤支持機構2A’及標籤夾持機構3A的待機狀態中,使標籤搬運機構4A動作而將標籤1A從卡匣40拉出,以彎曲導件30的標籤掛爪30b保持。在此例中,在第63圖所示的標籤彈簧支持機構2A中,在螺旋彈簧21的可動腳部21b及螺旋彈簧22的可動腳部22b與彎曲導件30的彎曲導引突起部30c的間隙中裝填標籤1A。標籤的前端係裝入標籤支持構件30e的內側部位,其安裝部11A係掛於標籤掛爪部30b。Next, in step ST22, the CPU 114 controls the transport mechanism 4A to pull the label 1A out of the cassette 40 and load it into the curved guide 30. In the standby state of the label holding mechanism 2A' and the label holding mechanism 3A, the label transport mechanism 4A is operated to pull the label 1A out of the cassette 40, and is held by the label hanging claw 30b of the curved guide 30. In this example, in the tag spring supporting mechanism 2A shown in Fig. 63, the movable leg portion 21b of the coil spring 21 and the movable leg portion 22b of the coil spring 22 and the curved guiding projection portion 30c of the bending guide 30 are The label 1A is filled in the gap. The front end of the label is fitted to the inner portion of the label supporting member 30e, and the mounting portion 11A is attached to the label hanging claw portion 30b.

然後,在步驟ST23中,CPU 114控制標籤夾持驅動機構9A,將保持標籤1A的標籤夾持機構3A朝打包具成形機構6A搬運。此時,根據第64圖所示的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’,以第63圖所示的將標籤1A以彎曲導件30與螺旋彈簧構件21、22所保持的標籤夾持機構3A成為該彎曲導件30的前端部經由標籤1A抵接於螺旋彈簧構件21、22的前端部的狀態。即,成為螺旋彈簧21、22與彎曲導件30夾持標籤1A的狀態,可防止標籤1A的脫落。Then, in step ST23, the CPU 114 controls the label holding drive mechanism 9A to carry the label holding mechanism 3A holding the label 1A toward the package forming mechanism 6A. At this time, according to the label spring supporting mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 64, the label holding mechanism 3A which holds the label 1A with the curved guide 30 and the coil spring members 21, 22 shown in Fig. 63 becomes the bending. The front end portion of the guide 30 abuts against the front end portions of the coil spring members 21 and 22 via the label 1A. In other words, the state in which the coil springs 21 and 22 and the bending guide 30 sandwich the label 1A can prevent the label 1A from coming off.

而且,根據第65圖所示的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’,將第64圖所示的標籤1A以彎曲導件30與螺旋彈簧構件21、22保持的標籤夾持機構3A使第7圖所示的標籤夾持驅動機構9A產生動作,朝打包具成形機6A的方向前進(參照第66圖)。根據第66圖所示的標籤支持機構2A’,彎曲導件30的前端部係克服螺旋彈簧21、22的偏壓力,以其前端部抵接的狀態朝打包具成形機構6A的方向接近。Further, according to the label spring support mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 65, the label holding mechanism 3A of the label 1A shown in Fig. 64 held by the curved guide 30 and the coil spring members 21, 22 is shown in Fig. 7. The label holding drive mechanism 9A generates an operation and advances in the direction of the package forming machine 6A (refer to Fig. 66). According to the label supporting mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 66, the front end portion of the bending guide 30 is approached in the direction of the packing tool forming mechanism 6A with the front end portion abutting against the biasing force of the coil springs 21, 22.

然後,根據第67圖所示的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’,第65圖所示的抵接於彎曲導件30的前端部的狀態的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’藉由標籤夾持驅動機構9A持續動作,使標籤夾持機構3A前進,到達打包具成形機構6A。此時,彎曲導件30的前端部克服螺旋彈簧構件21、22的偏壓力,以抵接於其前端部的狀態在打包具成形機構6A的前方停止。在此時間點,結束朝標籤1A的安裝空間92b的搬運。Then, according to the label spring support mechanism 2A' shown in Fig. 67, the label spring support mechanism 2A' which abuts against the front end portion of the curved guide 30 shown in Fig. 65 continues by the label holding drive mechanism 9A. The action advances the label holding mechanism 3A to reach the package forming mechanism 6A. At this time, the front end portion of the bending guide 30 is stopped in front of the package forming mechanism 6A in a state of abutting against the front end portion thereof against the biasing force of the coil spring members 21 and 22. At this point of time, the conveyance to the installation space 92b of the label 1A is ended.

之後,在步驟ST24,CPU 114控制打包具搬運機構5A,而將打包具13從捲軸52拉出之同時,穿過標籤1A的11m及彎曲導件30的打包具通路303。(參照第50圖的步驟ST8)Thereafter, in step ST24, the CPU 114 controls the packer transport mechanism 5A, and while the packer 13 is pulled out from the spool 52, passes through the 11m of the label 1A and the package path 303 of the curved guide 30. (Refer to step ST8 of Fig. 50)

接著,在步驟ST25,CPU 114控制打包具成形機構6A,切斷打包具13而成形。(參照第50圖的步驟ST9)Next, in step ST25, the CPU 114 controls the package forming mechanism 6A to cut the package 13 and form it. (Refer to step ST9 of Fig. 50)

然後,在步驟ST26中CPU 114控制打包具締結機構7A,將穿過標籤1A的切斷後的打包具13’在袋14及折口締結(參照第51圖的步驟ST13)。Then, in step ST26, the CPU 114 controls the packing implement contracting mechanism 7A, and the cut-away packing 13' passing through the label 1A is joined to the bag 14 and the hem (refer to step ST13 of Fig. 51).

之後,在步驟ST27中,CPU 114檢測袋14是否排出。此時,藉由使主開關成為OFF,檢測出袋14被排出(參照第51圖的步驟ST15)。Thereafter, in step ST27, the CPU 114 detects whether or not the bag 14 is discharged. At this time, by turning off the main switch, it is detected that the bag 14 is discharged (refer to step ST15 of Fig. 51).

然後,在步驟ST28,CPU 114判斷是否結束。例如,CPU 114檢測出主開關120的OFF資訊。當檢測出主開關120的OFF資訊時,結束打包控制。當為檢測出電源OFF資訊時,返回步驟ST21,CPU 114重複上述處理,而控制標籤夾持機構3A、標籤搬運機構4A、打包具搬運機構5A、打包具成形機構6A、打包具締結機構7A以及標籤夾持驅動機構9A。Then, in step ST28, the CPU 114 determines whether or not it is finished. For example, the CPU 114 detects the OFF information of the main switch 120. When the OFF information of the main switch 120 is detected, the packing control is ended. When the power OFF information is detected, the process returns to step ST21, and the CPU 114 repeats the above processing, and controls the label holding mechanism 3A, the label transport mechanism 4A, the package transport mechanism 5A, the package forming mechanism 6A, the package contracting mechanism 7A, and The label holds the drive mechanism 9A.

如此,根據做為第二實施例的打包機200,利用設於標籤1的二個卡合孔11m,以帶狀的切斷後的打包具13’捲繞於袋14的折口,該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,當該標籤1A安裝於袋14的折口時,當標籤1A從標籤搬運機構4A經由標籤夾持機構3A傳遞至打包具成形機構6A時,從標籤搬運機構4A搬運至打包具成形機構6的標籤1A的側端部由本體底盤部92所具備的一對螺旋彈簧構件21、22從兩側壓入。Thus, according to the baler 200 as the second embodiment, the strip-shaped cut-away packing 13' is wound around the fold of the bag 14 by the two engaging holes 11m provided in the label 1, and the label 1A is mounted. When the label 1A is attached to the fold of the bag 14 when the label 1A is folded, when the label 1A is transferred from the label transport mechanism 4A to the package forming mechanism 6A via the label holding mechanism 3A, it is transported from the label transport mechanism 4A to the package. The side end portion of the label 1A having the molding mechanism 6 is press-fitted from both sides by a pair of coil spring members 21 and 22 provided in the body chassis portion 92.

因此,提供一種可靠度高的打包機200,當標籤1A從標籤搬運機構4A經由標籤夾持機構3A傳遞至打包具成形機構6A時,可輔助支持標籤1A的前端的標籤支持構件30e。藉此,在與一般的長度相比操作較短的標籤1A時,與未安裝螺旋彈簧構件21、22的情況相比,可防止標籤傳遞失誤所造成的脫落。因此,標籤1A的長度長或短,可進行標籤1A從標籤搬運機構4A至打包具成形機構6A的重現性佳的傳遞。Therefore, a highly reliable baler 200 is provided which assists in supporting the label supporting member 30e at the leading end of the label 1A when the label 1A is transferred from the label transport mechanism 4A to the package forming mechanism 6A via the label holding mechanism 3A. Thereby, when the short label 1A is operated compared with the normal length, it is possible to prevent the peeling caused by the label transmission error as compared with the case where the coil spring members 21 and 22 are not mounted. Therefore, the length of the label 1A is long or short, and the reproducibility of the label 1A from the label transport mechanism 4A to the package forming mechanism 6A can be performed.

而且,對於打包具13,雖然是針對將扭帶包覆於如金屬線的芯線構件的情況作說明,但不限於此,本發明也適用斷面呈略圓形的包覆線做為打包具13而使用。又,本發明也適用未實施包覆的金屬線或具備樹脂製的芯線的包覆線、僅由樹脂形成的線狀構件或帶狀構件等做為打包具13使用。Further, although the packaging device 13 is described with respect to the case where the twisted tape is coated on a core member such as a metal wire, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the present invention is also applicable to a coated wire having a slightly circular cross section as a packing device. 13 and use. Further, in the present invention, a wire which is not coated, a covered wire provided with a resin core wire, a wire member formed of only a resin, a belt member, or the like is used as the packing device 13.

[產業上之可利用性][Industrial availability]

本發明適用於打包機,其安裝於裝入點心或野菜的袋,並以打包具包紮記載著宣傳文、生產者資訊、調理食譜等的資訊的標籤。又,本發明也適用於打包機,其安裝於集束的電線上,以打包具包紮記載配線資訊等的標籤。而且,本發明也適用於打包機,以打包具包紮苗木栽培等的農業領域的識別用標籤。The present invention is applicable to a baler which is installed in a bag in which a snack or a wild vegetable is placed, and is packaged with a label indicating information such as a publicity document, a producer information, a conditioning recipe, and the like. Further, the present invention is also applicable to a baler which is attached to a bundled electric wire and which wraps a label which describes wiring information and the like. Moreover, the present invention is also applicable to a baler for packaging an identification label for agricultural fields such as dressing seedling cultivation.

1A...標籤1A. . . label

2A...標籤支持機構2A. . . Label support organization

2A’...標籤彈簧支持機構2A’. . . Label spring support mechanism

3A...標籤夾持機構3A. . . Label clamping mechanism

4A...標籤搬運機構4A. . . Label handling mechanism

5A...打包具搬運機構5A. . . Packing device

6A...打包具成形機構6A. . . Packing forming mechanism

7A...打包具締結機構7A. . . Packing agency

8A...導板機構8A. . . Guide mechanism

9A...標籤夾持驅動機構9A. . . Label clamping drive mechanism

10A、10B...資訊提示部10A, 10B. . . Information reminder department

11A、11B...安裝部11A, 11B. . . Installation department

11m...卡合孔11m. . . Engagement hole

11n...卡合槽11n. . . Engagement slot

12A、12B...連結部12A, 12B. . . Linkage

12m...凹部12m. . . Concave

13...打包具13. . . Packing

13a...金屬細線13a. . . Thin metal wire

13b...被覆材13b. . . Covering material

14...袋14. . . bag

19...上面板19. . . Upper panel

20...電源電路20. . . Power circuit

21、22...彈簧螺栓構件21, 22. . . Spring bolt member

21a、22a...螺旋線圈部21a, 22a. . . Spiral coil

21b、22b...可動腳部21b, 22b. . . Movable foot

21c、22c...固定角部21c, 22c. . . Fixed corner

30...捲曲導件30. . . Curl guide

30a...凹部30a. . . Concave

30b...標籤掛爪部30b. . . Label hanging claw

30c...彎曲導引突起部30c. . . Curved guide protrusion

30d...包覆狀突起部30d. . . Wrapped protrusion

31a、31b...連接塊31a, 31b. . . Connector

32...第一作動板32. . . First actuating plate

33...力矩限制器33. . . Torque limiter

34...第一作動板驅動齒輪34. . . First actuating plate drive gear

34a...凸輪槽34a. . . Cam groove

35...軸35. . . axis

40...卡匣40. . . Card

41...標籤輸送部41. . . Label conveying department

41a...標籤輸送滾子41a. . . Label conveying roller

41b...標籤輸送馬達41b. . . Label conveying motor

41c、70b...齒輪41c, 70b. . . gear

41d...滾子旋轉軸41d. . . Roller rotation axis

41e...滾子環41e. . . Roller ring

41f...鎖扣爪部41f. . . Locking claw

42...標籤輸送導件42. . . Label conveying guide

42a...導板42a. . . Guides

42b...作動銷42b. . . Acting

42c...標籤支持構件42c. . . Tag support component

42d...旋轉軸42d. . . Rotary axis

42e、42f...連桿42e, 42f. . . link

42g...拉伸彈簧用銷42g. . . Tension spring pin

42h...拉伸彈簧42h. . . Tension spring

43...鎖扣爪43. . . Locking claw

50a...輸送滾子50a. . . Transport roller

50f、51...從動滾子50f, 51. . . Driven roller

50d...槓桿50d. . . lever

50g...彈簧50g. . . spring

50h...把手部50h. . . Handle

50i...打包具輸送馬達50i. . . Packing conveyor motor

52...捲軸52. . . reel

52a...芯52a. . . core

52b...圓盤外板52b. . . Disc outer panel

52c...圓盤內板52c. . . Disc inner panel

52e...內側平面部52e. . . Medial plane

52f...外輪52f. . . Outer wheel

52g...內輪52g. . . Inner wheel

60...段差通路構造60. . . Segment path structure

61a、61b...近接臂(第一、第二靠近臂)61a, 61b. . . Near arm (first and second near arm)

62...切割件62. . . Cutting piece

62a、62b、62c...切割件連桿62a, 62b, 62c. . . Cutting member connecting rod

63...帶傾斜件63. . . With tilting piece

70...扭轉臂70. . . Twist arm

70a...S字部70a. . . S word

70c...扭轉馬達70c. . . Torsional motor

81...鎖扣機構81. . . Locking mechanism

82a、82b...彈簧82a, 82b. . . spring

89A至89D...制動機構89A to 89D. . . Brake mechanism

89a、890a至893a...螺線管89a, 890a to 893a. . . Solenoid

90A、90B...捲軸設置機構90A, 90B. . . Reel setting mechanism

90a...支持桿90a. . . Support rod

90b、900b...推壓槓桿90b, 900b. . . Pushing the lever

90c、900c...側面板90c, 900c. . . Side panel

90d...轉軸90d. . . Rotating shaft

90h...制動墊90h. . . Brake pad

900h、903h、904h、907h、908h...制動板900h, 903h, 904h, 907h, 908h. . . Brake plate

901h、905h、906h909h、910h...制動面901h, 905h, 906h909h, 910h. . . Brake surface

91...支持部91. . . Support department

91a...支柱91a. . . pillar

91b...支持台91b. . . Support desk

92...本體底盤部92. . . Body chassis

92a...中間底盤部92a. . . Intermediate chassis

92b...安裝空間部92b. . . Installation space department

92c、92d、95c、95d...開口部92c, 92d, 95c, 95d. . . Opening

92e、92f...銷92e, 92f. . . pin

92g、92h...軌道構件92g, 92h. . . Track member

92i...打包具成形機構用的基板92i. . . Substrate for packaging forming mechanism

93...接近馬達93. . . Approaching the motor

94...導螺軸94. . . Guide shaft

95...導板95. . . Guides

95a...板本體部95a. . . Board body

95b...缺口部95b. . . Notch

95e、95g...突出部95e, 95g. . . Protruding

95f...感測器標記突出部95f. . . Sensor marker protrusion

96a、96b...連結齒輪96a, 96b. . . Connecting gear

97...連結滾子97. . . Link roller

97a、97b...扇形齒輪97a, 97b. . . Sector gear

97c、97d...連接銷97c, 97d. . . Connection pin

97e...固定軸97e. . . Fixed axis

98...槓桿98. . . lever

99...凸輪板99. . . Cam plate

100、200...打包機100, 200. . . Baler

102...滾子臂102. . . Roller arm

103...打包口103. . . Packing port

104...連結滾子104. . . Link roller

105a、105b...銷105a, 105b. . . pin

106...操作部106. . . Operation department

107...導板感測器(檢測裝置)107. . . Guide sensor (detection device)

109...標籤感測器109. . . Tag sensor

110...控制部110. . . Control department

111...I/O介面111. . . I/O interface

112...RAM112. . . RAM

113...EEPROM113. . . EEPROM

114...CPU114. . . CPU

115...系統匯流排115. . . System bus

116...標籤全長感測器116. . . Label full length sensor

120...主開關120. . . Main switch

121...袋感測器開關121. . . Bag sensor switch

121’...臂121’. . . arm

122...拉伸彈簧122. . . Tension spring

123...渦捲彈簧123. . . Scroll spring

201...AC開關201. . . AC switch

303...打包具通路303. . . Packing path

601、602...打包具誘導路601, 602. . . Packing induction road

901、902...邊緣部901, 902. . . Edge

903...傾斜形狀部903. . . Oblique shape

904、905...孔部904, 905. . . Hole

906、907、908...長孔部906, 907, 908. . . Long hole

911、913...軸部911, 913. . . Shaft

912...突起部912. . . Protrusion

914...卡合銷914. . . Card pin

第1圖為本發明的第一實施例的打包機100的構造例的立體圖。Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing a configuration example of a baler 100 according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

第2A及2B圖為在打包機100所使用的標籤1A的構造例的說明圖。2A and 2B are explanatory views of a configuration example of the tag 1A used in the baler 100.

第3圖為打包具13的構造例的立體圖。Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing a structural example of the packing device 13.

第4A至4D圖為表示打包機100的功能例的工程圖。4A to 4D are drawings showing a functional example of the baler 100.

第5圖為標籤1A的安裝例的立體圖。Fig. 5 is a perspective view showing an example of mounting of the label 1A.

第6圖為打包機100的構造例(打包前)及其動作例的上視圖。Fig. 6 is a top view showing a configuration example (before packing) of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof.

第7圖為打包機100的構造例(打包後)及其動作例的上視圖。Fig. 7 is a top view showing a configuration example (after packing) of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof.

第8圖為打包機100的主要部分的構造例(打包前)及其動作例的上視圖。Fig. 8 is a top view showing a configuration example (before packing) of the main part of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof.

第9圖為打包機100的主要部分的構造例(打包後)及其動作例的上視圖。Fig. 9 is a top view showing a configuration example (after packing) of the main part of the baler 100 and an operation example thereof.

第10A及10B圖為捲軸52的構造例的說明圖。10A and 10B are explanatory views of a structural example of the spool 52.

第11A至11C圖為捲軸52的組裝例的說明圖。11A to 11C are explanatory views of an example of assembly of the spool 52.

第12A至12C圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(例1)的說明圖。12A to 12C are explanatory views of a configuration example (Example 1) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A.

第13A至13C圖為捲軸設置機構90A及制動機構89A的構造例(例2)的說明圖。13A to 13C are explanatory views of a configuration example (Example 2) of the reel setting mechanism 90A and the brake mechanism 89A.

第14A至14C圖為捲軸52的設置例(例1)的說明圖。14A to 14C are explanatory views of an installation example (Example 1) of the spool 52.

第15A至15C圖為捲軸52的設置例(例2)的說明圖。15A to 15C are explanatory views of an installation example (Example 2) of the spool 52.

第16A至16C圖為捲軸52的設置例(例3)的說明圖。16A to 16C are explanatory views of an installation example (Example 3) of the spool 52.

第17A至17C圖為制動機構89A的動作例的說明圖。17A to 17C are explanatory views of an operation example of the brake mechanism 89A.

第18A至18C圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89B的構造例的說明圖。18A to 18C are explanatory views of structural examples of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89B.

第19A至19C圖為捲軸52的設置例的說明圖。19A to 19C are explanatory views of an example of the arrangement of the reels 52.

第20A及20B圖為制動機構89B的動作例的正視圖。20A and 20B are front views showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89B.

第21A至21C圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89C的構造例的說明圖。21A to 21C are explanatory views of structural examples of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89C.

第22A至22C圖為捲軸52的設置例的說明圖。22A to 22C are explanatory views of an example of the arrangement of the reels 52.

第23A至23C圖為制動機構89C的動作例的說明圖。23A to 23C are explanatory views of an operation example of the brake mechanism 89C.

第24A至24C圖為捲軸設置機構90B及制動機構89D的構造例的說明圖。24A to 24C are explanatory views of a configuration example of the reel setting mechanism 90B and the brake mechanism 89D.

第25A至25C圖為捲軸52的設置例的說明圖。25A to 25C are explanatory views of an example of the arrangement of the reels 52.

第26A及26B圖為制動機構89D的動作例的正視圖。26A and 26B are front views showing an operation example of the brake mechanism 89D.

第27A及27B圖為標籤搬運機構4A的構造例的立體圖。27A and 27B are perspective views showing a structural example of the label transport mechanism 4A.

第28A及28B圖為標籤搬運機構4A的標籤1A的搬運例的立體圖。FIGS. 28A and 28B are perspective views showing a transport example of the label 1A of the label transport mechanism 4A.

第29圖為標籤夾持機構3A中的捲曲導件30的構造例的立體圖。Fig. 29 is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the curl guide 30 in the label holding mechanism 3A.

第30圖為標籤支持構件30e安裝時的捲曲導件30的構造例的立體圖。Fig. 30 is a perspective view showing a configuration example of the curl guide 30 when the label supporting member 30e is attached.

第31圖為捲曲導件30中的標籤支持構件30e的比較例(有標籤支持構件30e)的立體圖。Fig. 31 is a perspective view of a comparative example (with the label supporting member 30e) of the label supporting member 30e in the curl guide 30.

第32圖為捲曲導件30中的標籤支持構件30e的比較例(無標籤支持構件30e)的立體圖。Fig. 32 is a perspective view of a comparative example (no label supporting member 30e) of the label supporting member 30e in the curl guide 30.

第33圖為標籤搬運機構4A中的標籤夾持構件42c從下方側觀看的立體圖。Fig. 33 is a perspective view of the label holding member 42c in the label transport mechanism 4A as viewed from the lower side.

第34A及34B圖為標籤搬運機構4A及標籤夾持機構3A的功能例(例1)的構造遷移圖。FIGS. 34A and 34B are structural transition diagrams of a functional example (Example 1) of the label transport mechanism 4A and the label holding mechanism 3A.

第35A及35B圖為標籤搬運機構4A及標籤夾持機構3A的功能例(例2)的構造遷移圖。35A and 35B are structural transition diagrams of a functional example (Example 2) of the label transport mechanism 4A and the label holding mechanism 3A.

第36圖為補足長標籤1A’的搬運例的立體圖。Fig. 36 is a perspective view showing a transport example of the complementary long label 1A'.

第37圖為打包機100的外觀構造例的上視圖。Fig. 37 is a top view showing an example of the appearance of the baler 100.

第38圖為打包機100的內部構造例的上視圖。Fig. 38 is a top view showing an internal configuration example of the baler 100.

第39A及39B圖為導板機構8A及導板95的構造例的背面側觀看的立體圖。39A and 39B are perspective views of the back side of the structural example of the guide mechanism 8A and the guide 95.

第40A及40B圖為標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的動作例(例1)的上視圖。40A and 40B are top views of an operation example (Example 1) of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A.

第41A及41B圖為標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的動作例(例2)的上視圖。41A and 41B are top views of an operation example (Example 2) of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A.

第42圖為標籤夾持機構3A及導板機構8A的動作例(例3)的上視圖。Fig. 42 is a top view showing an operation example (Example 3) of the label holding mechanism 3A and the guide mechanism 8A.

第43圖為打包機100的段差通路的構造例的上視圖。Fig. 43 is a top view showing a configuration example of the step path of the baler 100.

第44圖為打包具形成機構6A中的段差通路構造例的一部份破斷的上視圖。Fig. 44 is a partially broken top view showing a configuration example of the step path in the package forming mechanism 6A.

第45圖為段差通路構造60的段差設定例(例1)的放大圖。Fig. 45 is an enlarged view showing a step difference setting example (Example 1) of the step path structure 60.

第46圖為段差通路構造60的段差設定例(例2)的放大圖。Fig. 46 is an enlarged view showing an example (step 2) of the step difference setting of the stepped path structure 60.

第47圖為段差通路構造60的段差設定例(例3)的放大圖。Fig. 47 is an enlarged view showing an example (step 3) of the step difference setting of the stepped path structure 60.

第48圖為表示打包具13的貫穿例的打包具成形機構6A的上視圖。Fig. 48 is a top view showing the package forming mechanism 6A showing a penetrating example of the packing device 13.

第49圖為打包機100的控制系的構造例的方塊圖。Fig. 49 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the control system of the baler 100.

第50圖為打包機100的動作例(例1)的流程圖。Fig. 50 is a flow chart showing an operation example (Example 1) of the baler 100.

第51圖為打包機100的動作例(例2)的流程圖。Fig. 51 is a flowchart showing an operation example (example 2) of the baler 100.

第52圖為對應於打包機100的袋安裝例(例1)的上視圖。Fig. 52 is a top view of a bag mounting example (Example 1) corresponding to the baler 100.

第53圖為對應於打包機100的袋安裝例(例2)的上視圖。Fig. 53 is a top view of a bag mounting example (Example 2) corresponding to the baler 100.

第54圖為打包機100的標籤搬運例(例1)的立體圖。Fig. 54 is a perspective view showing a label transport example (Example 1) of the baler 100.

第55圖為打包機100的標籤搬運例(例2)的立體圖。Fig. 55 is a perspective view showing a label transport example (Example 2) of the baler 100.

第56圖為打包機100的標籤搬運例(例3)的立體圖。Fig. 56 is a perspective view showing a label transport example (Example 3) of the baler 100.

第57圖為打包機100的標籤搬運例(例4)的立體圖。Fig. 57 is a perspective view showing a label transport example (Example 4) of the baler 100.

第58圖為打包機100的標籤搬運例(例5)的立體圖。Fig. 58 is a perspective view showing a label transport example (Example 5) of the baler 100.

第59圖為第二實施例的打包機200的標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的構造例的部分放大圖。Fig. 59 is a partially enlarged view showing a configuration example of the tag spring supporting mechanism 2A' of the baler 200 of the second embodiment.

第60A及60B圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的功能例(例1)的上視圖。Figs. 60A and 60B are top views of functional examples (Example 1) of the tag spring support mechanism 2A'.

第61A及61B圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的功能例(例2)的上視圖。61A and 61B are top views of functional examples (Example 2) of the tag spring support mechanism 2A'.

第62圖為打包機200的動作例的流程圖。Fig. 62 is a flow chart showing an operation example of the baler 200.

第63圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的安裝時的動作例的部分放大圖。Fig. 63 is a partially enlarged view showing an operation example at the time of attachment of the tag spring support mechanism 2A'.

第64圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的搬運時的動作例的部分放大圖。Fig. 64 is a partially enlarged view showing an operation example of the label spring support mechanism 2A' during transportation.

第65圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的到達時的動作例的部分放大圖。Fig. 65 is a partially enlarged view showing an operation example of the arrival of the tag spring support mechanism 2A'.

第66圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的標籤到達時的構造例(例1)從袋安裝側觀看的部分放大立體圖。Fig. 66 is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a configuration example (Example 1) when the label of the label spring support mechanism 2A' arrives, as viewed from the bag attachment side.

第67圖為標籤彈簧支持機構2A’的標籤到達時的構造例(例2)從袋安裝側觀看的部分放大立體圖。Fig. 67 is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a structural example (Example 2) when the label spring support mechanism 2A' arrives from the bag mounting side.

13...打包具13. . . Packing

52...捲軸52. . . reel

52b...圓盤外板52b. . . Disc outer panel

52c...圓盤內板52c. . . Disc inner panel

52e...大外型部52e. . . Large exterior

52f...外輪52f. . . Outer wheel

89A...制動機構89A. . . Brake mechanism

89a...螺線管89a. . . Solenoid

90A...捲軸設置機構90A. . . Reel setting mechanism

90a...支持桿90a. . . Support rod

90b...推壓槓桿90b. . . Pushing the lever

90c...側面板90c. . . Side panel

90d...轉軸90d. . . Rotating shaft

90f...後端開口部90f. . . Rear end opening

90g...U字形前端90g. . . U-shaped front end

90h...制動墊90h. . . Brake pad

90i...前端圓形部90i. . . Front end round

90j...彎曲部90j. . . Bending

Claims (7)

一種繞捆裝置,被繞捆的打包具被拉出而旋轉的動作由第一制動機構做制動,以形成既定長度的打包具安裝於綑綁帶口的打包機上,包括:芯構件;設於上述芯構件的一端的第一導引板;以及設於上述芯構件的另一端而外型比上述第一導引板大的第二導引板,其中形成比上述第一導引板大的外型的上述第二導引板的大外型部與上述第一制動機構協同動作而對上述旋轉動作做制動。a wrapping device, wherein the wrapped package is pulled out and the rotating action is braked by the first braking mechanism to form a package of a predetermined length, which is mounted on the binding machine of the binding belt, comprising: a core member; a first guiding plate at one end of the core member; and a second guiding plate disposed at the other end of the core member and having a larger outer shape than the first guiding plate, wherein the first guiding plate is formed larger than the first guiding plate The large outer portion of the outer second guide plate cooperates with the first brake mechanism to brake the rotation. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之繞捆裝置,其中上述芯構件、上述第一導引板與上述第二導引板係由紙素材形成。The wrapping device according to claim 1, wherein the core member, the first guiding plate and the second guiding plate are formed of paper material. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之繞捆裝置,其中當以上述第二導引板的芯構件側為內面,而與該內面相向的面為外面時,上述第一制動機構包括:配置於上述第二導引板的外面側的推壓構件;以及經由上述第二導引板的大外型部而與上述壓構件相向,設置於上述第二導引板內面側而伸縮動作的第一伸縮動作部,其中藉由以上述打包機所具備而形成上述既定長度的打包具綑綁袋口的綑綁裝置,以既定的時序通電或遮斷該通電而進行伸縮動作,與上述推壓構件協同動作的上述第一伸縮動作構件夾持上述第二導引板的大外型部。The winding device of claim 1, wherein when the core member side of the second guiding plate is an inner surface and the surface facing the inner surface is an outer surface, the first braking mechanism comprises: a pressing member disposed on an outer surface side of the second guiding plate; and a large outer portion of the second guiding plate facing the pressing member, and being disposed on the inner surface side of the second guiding plate to be expanded and contracted The first telescopic operation unit is configured such that the binding device that is formed by the packager and has the predetermined length of the binding device binding pocket is configured to energize or block the energization at a predetermined timing to perform the expansion and contraction operation, and the pressing The first telescopic movement member in which the members cooperate to sandwich the large outer portion of the second guide plate. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之繞捆裝置,其中上述打包機具有第二制動機構,上述第一導引板的外周部及上述第二導引板的外周部同時或者是上述第一導引板的外周部或上述第二導引板的外周部交互地抵接於上述第二制動機構。The wrapping device of claim 1, wherein the baler has a second braking mechanism, and the outer peripheral portion of the first guiding plate and the outer peripheral portion of the second guiding plate are simultaneously or the first guiding The outer peripheral portion of the lead plate or the outer peripheral portion of the second guide plate alternately abuts against the second brake mechanism. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述之繞捆裝置,其中上述第二制動機構包括:相對於上述芯構件略垂直方向設置,以上述打包機所具備而形成上述既定長度的打包具綑綁袋口的綑綁裝置,以既定的時序通電或遮斷該通電而進行伸縮動作的第二伸縮動作構件;支持上述第二伸縮動作構件之同時,具有不同位準的第一及第二抵接面,對應於上述伸縮動作而抵接於上述第一及第二導引板的第一制動板,其中上述第一抵接面與上述第一導引板的外周部的距離以及上述第二抵接面與上述第二導引板的外周部的距離設定成不同距離的上述第一制動板而制動。The wrapping device of claim 4, wherein the second braking mechanism comprises: a packaged bag mouth that is disposed in a direction perpendicular to the core member and is formed by the baler to form the predetermined length a binding device that energizes or blocks the energization to perform a telescopic operation at a predetermined timing; and supports the second telescopic operation member, and has first and second abutting surfaces having different levels, corresponding to a first brake plate that abuts against the first and second guide plates, wherein a distance between the first abutting surface and an outer peripheral portion of the first guide plate and the second abutting surface are The distance between the outer peripheral portions of the second guide plates is set to be braked by the first brake plates of different distances. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述之繞捆裝置,其中上述第二制動機構包括:相對於上述芯構件略垂直方向設置,以上述打包機所具備而形成上述既定長度的打包具綑綁袋口的綑綁裝置,以既定的時序通電或遮斷該通電而進行伸縮動作的第三伸縮動作構件;由上述第三伸縮動作構件所支持而對應於上述伸縮動作,抵接於上述第一導引板的外周部的第二制動板;以及經由彈性構件由上述第三伸縮動作構件所支持而對應於上述伸縮動作,抵接於上述第二導引板的外周部的第三制動板,其中藉由上述第二制動板與上述第三制動板而制動上述旋轉。The wrapping device of claim 4, wherein the second braking mechanism comprises: a packaged bag mouth that is disposed in a direction perpendicular to the core member and is formed by the baler to form the predetermined length a binding device that energizes or blocks the energization to perform a telescopic operation at a predetermined timing; and is supported by the third telescopic operation member and abuts against the first guide plate in response to the expansion and contraction operation a second brake plate on the outer peripheral portion; and a third brake plate that is supported by the third telescopic operation member via the elastic member and that abuts against the outer peripheral portion of the second guide plate by the expansion and contraction operation, wherein The second brake plate and the third brake plate brake the rotation. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述之繞捆裝置,其中上述第二制動機構包括:相對於上述芯構件略垂直方向設置,以上述打包機所具備而形成上述既定長度的打包具綑綁袋口的綑綁裝置,以既定的時序通電或遮斷該通電而進行伸縮動作的第四及第五伸縮動作構件;由上述第四伸縮動作構件所支持而對應於上述伸縮動作,抵接於上述第一導引板的外周部的第四制動板;以及由上述第五伸縮動作構件支持而對應於上述伸縮動作,抵接於上述第二導引板的外周部的第五制動板,其中藉由上述第四制動板與上述第五制動板而制動上述旋轉。The wrapping device of claim 4, wherein the second braking mechanism comprises: a packaged bag mouth that is disposed in a direction perpendicular to the core member and is formed by the baler to form the predetermined length a binding device that energizes or interrupts the energization to perform a telescopic operation of the fourth and fifth telescopic operating members at a predetermined timing; and the fourth telescopic operating member is supported by the fourth telescopic operating member to abut the first guide a fourth brake plate of the outer peripheral portion of the lead plate; and a fifth brake plate that is supported by the fifth telescopic operation member and that abuts against the outer peripheral portion of the second guide plate in response to the expansion and contraction operation, wherein The four brake plates and the fifth brake plate brake the above rotation.
TW98107989A 2008-03-27 2009-03-12 Bundle device TWI443047B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008084726 2008-03-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201000365A TW201000365A (en) 2010-01-01
TWI443047B true TWI443047B (en) 2014-07-01

Family

ID=41191725

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW98107989A TWI443047B (en) 2008-03-27 2009-03-12 Bundle device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5218206B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101544286B (en)
TW (1) TWI443047B (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
HRP20240620T1 (en) * 2015-07-22 2024-08-30 Max Co., Ltd. Reel for binding machine
NO344551B1 (en) * 2017-11-10 2020-01-27 Orkel Dev As Method and device for wrapping and tagging of round bales
JP7325706B2 (en) 2018-07-18 2023-08-15 マックス株式会社 Binding tape, binding method, tape wound body and reel
TWI767131B (en) * 2018-07-18 2022-06-11 日商美克司股份有限公司 strapping belt
CN109850297B (en) * 2018-12-11 2021-03-23 北京中远通科技有限公司 Automatic label binding system
CN110239758A (en) * 2019-07-24 2019-09-17 温岭市金悦自动化设备有限公司 Belt reel assembly for belt machine
CN111547583B (en) * 2019-08-28 2025-03-28 华中科技大学同济医学院附属协和医院 A device for storing wires of electrocardiogram monitor
CN112249565B (en) * 2020-09-30 2021-07-30 青岛大学附属医院 A robot for automatic cleaning of medical waste
CN113579084B (en) * 2021-09-27 2021-12-10 南通金德钢结构有限公司 Processing equipment is carried to steel construction
CN114751006B (en) * 2022-02-28 2024-02-27 厦门海普锐科技股份有限公司 Strapping device
CN118025562B (en) * 2024-04-10 2024-06-18 珠海博杰电子股份有限公司 Belt shearing mechanism
CN118850492B (en) * 2024-04-15 2025-12-05 上海宝信软件股份有限公司 Automatic tagging device, working method and robot
CN119176301B (en) * 2024-10-17 2025-12-05 上海宝信软件股份有限公司 Robotic Tagging System and Method

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2378707A1 (en) * 1977-01-31 1978-08-25 Casters Denis Automatic thread unwinder from a vertical bobbin - fitted with a friction brake and ratchet mechanism on the drive
JPS625169U (en) * 1985-06-26 1987-01-13
JP3598784B2 (en) * 1997-12-02 2004-12-08 マックス株式会社 Brake mechanism of wire reel in rebar binding machine
DE19859672C2 (en) * 1998-12-23 2001-04-12 Raymond A & Cie Process for the automated bundling of cable harnesses and automatic device for carrying out the process
US6415712B1 (en) * 1999-12-02 2002-07-09 Enterprises International, Inc. Track mechansim for guiding flexible straps around bundles of objects
JP2001348005A (en) * 2000-06-05 2001-12-18 Kawasaki Kiko Co Ltd Automatic packing apparatus
JP2002284111A (en) * 2001-03-22 2002-10-03 Shino Tange Binding machine
JP2003192239A (en) * 2001-12-28 2003-07-09 Kobashi Kk Paper bobbin
JP4168670B2 (en) * 2002-05-31 2008-10-22 マックス株式会社 Wire reel
JP2006016104A (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-19 Eijiro Namekawa Cutter for adhesive tape for bundling
JP2008247465A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-16 Max Co Ltd Strapping machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101544286B (en) 2013-03-20
JP5218206B2 (en) 2013-06-26
JP2009255983A (en) 2009-11-05
CN101544286A (en) 2009-09-30
TW201000365A (en) 2010-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI443047B (en) Bundle device
JP4784579B2 (en) Tag binding machine and binding method thereof
JP4859070B2 (en) Fruit bagging machine
CN101454225A (en) Binder strip cassette
TWI745523B (en) Turnback tab creating apparatus
JP4985044B2 (en) Binding machine
JP2008247466A (en) Strapping machine
JP5360133B2 (en) tag
JP2008247465A (en) Strapping machine
JP4985047B2 (en) Binding machine
JP4924154B2 (en) Binding machine
JP4985045B2 (en) Binding machine
WO2008047921A1 (en) Bundling machine
JP2008247461A (en) Strapping machine
JP2008247468A (en) Strapping machine
JP4978149B2 (en) Binding machine
JP2008247462A (en) Strapping machine
TW577831B (en) Plurality of binding elements for automated processes and method of molding a plurality of plastic binding elements
JP4978150B2 (en) Binding machine
WO2008047922A1 (en) Bundling machine
JP6240493B2 (en) Sheet processing apparatus and image forming apparatus having the same
JP6271242B2 (en) Sheet processing apparatus and image forming apparatus having the same
JP2001080253A (en) Binder for recording paper bundle, and binding device therefor
JP2003063505A (en) Apparatus for opening flap of envelope and method of the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees